Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • DTC Index
    • Active Noise Cancellation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes - Except Hybrid
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes - Hybrid (Hp4)
    • Automatic Transmission - 5ET50 (MKE) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - AISIN AF50-8 (MRC) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Hybrid (Hp4) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bumpers And Fascias - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.8L (LKN) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 2.0L (LTG) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 1.5L (LFV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 1.8L (LKN) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 2.0L (LTG) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Automatic - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Manual - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Controls - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV System Heating And Cooling - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Function System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Mirror System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System - Park Assist System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Parking Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Seat System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Sunroof System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Driver Door Trim Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Passenger Door Trim Components
        • Left Rear Trim Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Trim Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front Fascia/Front Of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components
        • Radiator Support Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100 (LFV+MNH)
        • G100 and G122 (LVF+MKE)
        • G101, G103, G108 and G110
        • G102 and G106
        • G112 (LTG)
        • G112 (LFV+MNH)
        • G112 and G120 (LFV+MKE)
        • G120 and G122 (LFV)
        • G120 and G122 (LTG)
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G302 and G303
        • G305
        • G401 and G402
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components - Upper
        • Instrument Panel Components - Lower
        • Instrument Panel Components - Rear side
        • Center Console Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Front
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Rear
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Right
        • Roof Components - Headliner
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Fuel Rail (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Left Front (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Rear (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Right Rear (LKN)
        • Transmission Components (MKE)
        • Transmission Components (MNH)
        • Transmission - Case Components (MRC)
        • Transmission - Valve Body Components (MRC)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
      • Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
        • Rear Of Vehicle Components
        • Rear Compartment Lid Components
        • Rear Fascia Components
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Right Side
        • Rear Compartment Components - Front (HP4)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Well Components - Front
        • Wheel Well Components - Rear
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Active BODYWORKS
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.5L VIN T
        • 1.8L VIN U
        • 2.0L VIN X
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 1.5L VIN T
        • 1.8L VIN U
        • 2.0L VIN X
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To B77R
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X4
        • A11 Radio X6 (U2K)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • A26 HVAC Controls
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X2 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X3 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X4 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X5 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X6 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X7 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X8 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X9 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X10 (HP4)
        • A98 Front Overhead Console Assembly
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7E Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B7J Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Upper (CJ2)
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19B Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LFV)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LKN/LTG)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LFV)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LKN/LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LTG)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LTG)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LFV)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LKN/LTG)
        • B35 Engine Oil Level Switch
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LFV)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LKN)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LFV)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN/LTG)
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B61P Seat Belt Tension Sensor - Passenger
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LFV)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LKN)
        • B68A Knock Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B68B Knock Sensor 2 (LFV/LTG)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LKN)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B77LF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Left Front
        • B77R Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Rear
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B77RF To K1 X2
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B77RF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Right Front
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B94LF Side Object Sensor - Left Front
        • B94LR Side Object Sensor - Left Rear
        • B94RF Side Object Sensor - Right Front
        • B94RR Side Object Sensor - Right Rear
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module (HP4)
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B111 Turbocharger Boost Sensor (LFV)
        • B130A Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 1
        • B130B Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 2
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor
        • B174W Frontview Camera - Windshield
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor (HP4)
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left
        • B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right
        • B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
        • B280 Automatic Transmission Accumulator Solenoid Valve
        • This template is applicable for any component connector end view within a publication that is delivered to GMNA beginning with MY 13 publications.
        • C1 Battery
        • C1 Battery (LTG)
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E1W Accent Lamp - Instrument Panel
        • E2LF Side Marker Lamp - Left Front
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RF Side Marker Lamp - Right Front
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E38 Flood Lamp - Center Console
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X1
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X2
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E55D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Pocket
        • E55P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Pocket
        • E63D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Handle
        • E63LR Flood Lamp - Left Rear Door Handle
        • E63P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Handle
        • E63RR Flood Lamp - Right Rear Door Handle
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X1
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X2
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X1 (AW7/AWF)
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X2 (AW7/AWF)
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LTG)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LFV/LKN)
        • G13 Generator X1 (LFV/LTG)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LFV)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LTG)
        • G14 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling Fan
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LFV/LTG)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LKN)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LTG)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump (LFV/LKN)
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K124 To S13D
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X1
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X2
        • K132 Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module
        • K177 Brake Booster Control Module
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X1
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X2
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X3
        • M6L Air Temperature Door Actuator - Left
        • M6R Air Temperature Door Actuator - Right
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M50D Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M51D Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
        • M51P Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
        • M53D Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Driver
        • M53P Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Passenger
        • M55D Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M55P Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
        • M56D Seat Recline Motor - Driver
        • M56P Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
        • M60A Active Grille Air Shutter 1 Motor Module
        • M60B Active Grille Air Shutter 2 Motor Module
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LTG)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LTG)
        • M69 Sunroof Motor
        • M73A Seat Blower Motor - Driver Back
        • M73B Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Back
        • M73C Seat Blower Motor - Driver Cushion
        • M73D Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Cushion
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AEC)
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AXG)
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M81 Sunroof Sunshade Motor (C3U)
        • M104L Park Brake Actuator - Left
        • M104R Park Brake Actuator - Right
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module X1
        • P17 Info Display Module X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • P19AA Speaker - Right Subwoofer
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AJ Speaker - Left Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AK Speaker - Right Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19B Speaker - Center Instrument Panel
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19N Speaker - Left Subwoofer
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • P48 Pedestrian Alert Sound Speaker
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LFV)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LKN)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LTG/LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LFV/LTG)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LTG)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve (LFV/LTG)
        • Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LFE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LKN)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LTG)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LFE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LKN)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LTG)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LFV)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LKN)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LTG)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LFV)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LKN)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LTG)
        • Q35 Exhaust Heat Exchanger Exhaust Bypass Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • Q44 Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
        • Q46 A/C Compressor Solenoid Valve
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • R14L Rear Window Defogger Noise Filter - Left
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X3 To K114B Pcm 2 X7
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LTG)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K32 Steering Wheel Heating Control Module (UVD)
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X4
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X1
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X3
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X5
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X6
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LTG/LFV)
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LFV)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LTG)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X5 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X7 (UE1)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X1
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X2
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X3 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X4 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X5 (IO5/IO6)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X1
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X2
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X3
        • K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 (HP4)
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X4
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X5
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X6
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X7
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 To K20 X3 LKN
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J69)
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J71)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LKN)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - S13P To X92
      • Component Connector End Views
        • S13P Door Lock Switch - Passenger
        • S25 Garage Door Opener
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S38 Ignition Mode Switch
        • S47D Seat Memory Switch - Driver (A45)
        • S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S64D Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
        • S64P Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger
        • S65D Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Driver (AL9)
        • S65P Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Passenger (AL9)
        • S70E Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Presets
        • S70F Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Volume
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (A45)
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (-A45)
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S146 Window/Outside Rearview Mirror Switch - Driver
        • T1 Accessory DC/AC Power Inverter Module (KI6)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LFV)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LKN)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LTG)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LFV)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LKN)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LFV)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LKN)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LFV)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LTG)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LKN)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (HP4)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (-HP4)
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X3 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X1 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X2 (IO6/UE1)
        • T19 Power Supply Transformer
        • T22 Mobile Device Wireless Charger Module
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X1
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80G Accessory Power Receptacle - Instrument Panel
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X1 (KI6)
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X2 (KI6)
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X92 USB Receptacle (USS)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X110 To X209
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X110 Body Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X115 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness (-HP4)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LFV)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LKN)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LTG)
        • X118 Body Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness (VRI)
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness Harness (-VRI)
        • X120 Body Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X129 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LFV)
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LTG)
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Rail Harness
        • X166 Battery Disconnect Harness to A/C Compressor Harness (HP4)
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X209 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X210 To X404
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X210 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X211 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X212 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
        • X213 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Coax Harness
        • X214 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Harness (UE1)
        • X219 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X220 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X300 Instrument Panel Harness to Center Console Harness
        • X305 Instrument Panel Harness to Shift Lever Harness
        • X310 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X320 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X321 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Air Bag Jumper Harness ()
        • X322 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Side Air Bag Harness ()
        • X325 Body Harness to Windshield Sensor Harness
        • X337 Body Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • X350 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness ()
        • X400 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X404 Rear Bumper Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X405 To X920
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X405 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X407 Keyless Entry Antenna Harness to Body Harness (HP4)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J69)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J71)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (A45)
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (-A45)
        • X510 Driver Door Harness to Driver Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X605 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (UGE)
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (-UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (-UGE)
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Immobilizer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • Low Frequency Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Ignition Key or Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry - Active
          • Keyless Entry - Passive and Keyless Start
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3123: Keyless Entry Antenna 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3124: Keyless Entry Antenna 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Remote Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Active)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Passive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Bracket Replacement
        • Low Frequency Instrument Panel Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Console Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Rear Compartment Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Rear Bumper Antenna Replacement
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter Slots
          • Door Antennas
          • Rear Fascia Antenna
          • Front Console Passive (Instrument Panel) Antenna
          • Rear Console Antenna
          • Rear Compartment Antenna
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna Coil Assembly
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Passive
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm/Active
          • Remote Vehicle Start/Active
          • Enable/Disable Remote Vehicle Start/Active
          • Hood Ajar Switch/Active
          • Remote Vehicle Start Circuit Description/Active
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Ajar Switches and Lock Indicators
          • Switches
          • Actuators
          • Handle Switches
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Compartment
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1474 or B3849: Exterior Door Handle Switch Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1534 or B1535: Rear Door Handle Switch Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B297B or B297C: Door Open Switch Circuit Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130, or B3135: Doors Lock Circuit, Doors Unlock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140, B3145, B3150, or B3155: Door Unlock Switch Circuit, Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Unlatch Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction (Driver, Front Passenger)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction (Left Rear, Right Rear)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Door Handle Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding, or Locks, Handles, or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Rear Compartment Without Electrical Power
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Rear Compartment Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Cable Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Side
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar System (Standard and Optional)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar (With AXG and AER Power Windows)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar (With AEC and AED Power Windows)
          • Rear Door Ajar
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
          • Trunk Open Message
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Key Cylinder Switch
          • Passive Door Lock/Unlock Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Content Theft Deterrent
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction (with CJ2)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction (with C67)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Body Interior
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls with Redundant Audio Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Reset Teen Driver Key PIN
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Park Assist - Power, Ground, Serial Data and Control
          • Park Assist - Rear Sensors
          • Park Assist - Front Sensors (UD5 or UFQ)
          • Pedestrian Alert (HP4)
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Lane Keep Assist (UHX without UGN) and Forward Collision Alert (UEU)
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (UFG) and Side Object Detection (UKC)
          • Collision Avodance - Camera and Module Power, Ground and Controls (UGN)
          • Collision Avodance - Serial Data Camera, Module and Long Range Radar (UGN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B094B or B094C: Object Detection Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B094D or B094E: Object Detection Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0954, B0955, B0956, or B0957: Parking Assist Front Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B095D or B095E: Parking Assist Rear Sensor Side Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960, or B0961: Parking Assist Rear Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0967 or B0968: Parking Assist On/Off Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B096B: Parking Assist Switch Parallel Parking Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B096C or B096D: Parking Assist Side Sensor Front Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1008: Calibration Data Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information Stored Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D (with side blind zone alert, UFT): Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T): Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127B (IO5 or IO6): Rearview Camera Input Signal Circuit Missing Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127B (IOA): Rearview Camera Input Signal Circuit Missing Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit Short
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390A: Short Range Object Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390C: Long Range Radar Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390D: Frontview Camera Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F6: Front Object Detection Control Module Torque Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F7: Rear Object Detection Control Module Torque Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction (IO5 or IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction (IOA)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Object System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Forward Range Radar Sensor Replacement
        • Active Safety Control Module Replacement
        • Forward Collision Alert Display Replacement
        • Pedestrian Sound Alert Module Replacement
        • Pedestrian Sound Alert Speaker Replacement
        • Parking Assist Control Module Replacement
        • Advance Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement (Front)
        • Advance Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement (Rear)
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
        • Front Object Alarm Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Side Object Sensing Alert Module Replacement
        • Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
        • Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Procedure
          • If Slow to Calibrate
      • Description and Operation
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Parking Assist, UD5)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Rear Parking Assist, UD7)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Parallel Parking or Automatic Parking Assist)
          • Notes
          • Parallel Parking Assist Components
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parallel Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Keep Assist Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Keep Assist Operation
          • Lane Keep Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Cross Traffic Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Components
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Operation
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Active Safety Seat Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Active Safety Seat Operation
          • Active Safety Seat
        • Side Blind Zone Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Side Blind Zone Alert System Components
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation (with UGN)
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation (without UGN)
        • Active Safety System Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
          • Notes
          • Component Descriptions:
          • Vehicle Ahead
          • Forward Collision Alert
          • Integrated Brake Assist
          • Automatic Collision Preparation System
          • Lane Departure Warning
          • Adaptive Cruise Control
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Active Safety System Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America)
          • The Active Safety System
          • Component Descriptions:
          • Adaptive Cruise Control
          • Automatic Collision Preparation System
          • Forward Collision Alert
          • Lane Departure Warning
          • Integrated Brake Assist
          • Rear Emergency Automatic Braking
          • Vehicle Ahead Indicator
          • Lane Keep Assist (RPO UHX)
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Adaptive Cruise Control Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Messages
        • Pedestrian Alert Description and Operation
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Powertrain High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Object High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Circuit Description
          • Low Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Circuit Description
          • Communication Enable Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Data Communication System - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U1500
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P060A-P060C, P062F, P16E9-P16F0, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Wake-Up Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E, P1E94, P1E9A, P1EA0, or P1FBD-P1FC0: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P24EF, P24F0, or P24F1: Control Module Wake-up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0028: MOST Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC U0029: MOST Bus Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off, CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus with HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus without HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0075: Control Module Communication Object Detection CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (without HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (with HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A0: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A1: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A2: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A3: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A4: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A5: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A6: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 7
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A7: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 8
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01B0: Lost Communication with Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0600 - U06FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1026: Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1340-U135F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Data Communication System - DTC U1653 To DTC U3012 And Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC U1653: Chassis Systems High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U179A: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U179C: Lost Communication with One or More Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1803: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1817: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module on Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1818: Lost Communication with Engine Control Module on Powertrain Expansion Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182A: Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module Lost Communication with Battery Energy Control Module on Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182D: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 on Powertrain Expansion Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182E or U182F: Drive Motor Control Module Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 on Powertrain Expansion Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1833 (without HP4): Lost Communication with Electronic Brake Control Module on Chassis Expansion CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1833 (with HP4): Lost Communication with Electronic Brake Control Module on Chassis Expansion CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1836: Lost Communication with Amplifier on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183E: Lost Communication with Telematics Communication Interface Control Module on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1845 or U1846: Drive Motor Control Module Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184A: Lost Communication with Body Control Module on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184B: Lost Communication with Remote Heater and Air Conditioning Control Module on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184C: Lost Communication with Instrument Cluster on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184D: Lost Communication with Radio on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184E: Lost Communication with Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module on Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U185A: Lost Communication with Battery Energy Control Module on High Voltage Energy Management CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1860: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1876: Drive Motor Control Module 1 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1879: Drive Motor Control Module 2 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18A2 (without HP4): Lost Communication with Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18A2 (with HP4): Lost Communication with Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18A7: Lost Communication with Power Supply Transformer on Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18B9-U18BF: High Speed CAN Bus Subnet Configuration List
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2098: MOST Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099: High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U209E: Object Detection Control Module High Speed Communication Enable Circuit 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U209F: Object Detection Control Module High Speed Communication Enable Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2101: CAN Bus Maximum List of Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2160-U2231: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2500-U25FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2616 (without HP4): Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Lost Communication with ECM
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2616 (with HP4): Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Lost Communication with ECM
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3000: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3012: Control Module Improper Wake-up Perfomance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link References
    • Data Communication System - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
        • Body Control Module Bracket Replacement
    • Data Communication System - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Communication Wiring Schematics
          • Low Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN (-HP4)
          • High Speed GMLAN (HP4)
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN (-HP4)
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN (HP4)
          • Powertrain High Speed GMLAN
          • MOST Bus and Communications Enable
          • Communications Enable - High Speed GMLAN
          • Communications Enable - High Speed GMLAN (-HP4)
          • Communications Enable - High Speed GMLAN (HP4)
          • Linear Interconnect Network (LIN) (1 of 2)
          • Linear Interconnect Network (LIN) (2 of 2)
          • Object High Speed GMLAN
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, and Data Communication References
          • Subsystem References (1 of 3)
          • Subsystem References (2 of 3)
          • Subsystem References (3 of 3)
    • Data Communication System - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Active Noise Cancellation Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Active Safety Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Active Safety Control Module or Reprogram Active Safety Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Battery Charger Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Booster Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Power Inverter Module - MCVM Operations
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Following Replacement of Windshield
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Seat Heating Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Human Machine Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • HVAC Controls Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Programming an Existing or New Control Module
          • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Programming an Existing or New Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU
          • Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Radar Sensor Module - Long Range or Reprogram Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program ECU
          • Reprogram ECU
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup (NJ1)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Control Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Vehicles Without RPO Code IOA
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Reference Information
            • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
            • XM Activation (If Equipped)
            • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
            • Valet Mode Reset
          • Vehicles With RPO Code IOA
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Reference Information
            • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
            • XM Activation (If Equipped)
            • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
            • Valet Mode Reset
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Seat Memory Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Side Object Sensor Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Steering Wheel Heat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (CF5)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For an Existing Drive Assembly:
          • If the Process is interrupted right at the hard stop:
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (C3U)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure/First Time Installation For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Sunroof/Sunshade Re-Initialization/Teach Procedure/Reinstallation For an Existing Drive Assembly:
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • K71 Transmission Control Module: Programming and Setup (AF50-8)
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Programming an Existing Control Module
          • Programming a New Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Wiring Schematics
        • Cruise Control
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B3623, B3794, P0564, P0565, P0567, P0568, P056C, P0580, P0581, P0589, P0592, P0593, or P155A-P155C: Steering Wheel Controls Distance Sensing Cruise Control Gap Up/Down Signal Circuit, Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0572 or P0573: Brake Switch Circuit 1 Voltage
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0575: Cruise Control Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0703: Brake Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1553: Distance Sensing Cruise Control Signal Message Counter Incorrect
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aid
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
        • Cruise Control Inhibit Reasons
  • Drivers Assistance Systems - ADAS
    • Object Detection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Park Assist - Power, Ground, Serial Data and Control
          • Park Assist - Rear Sensors
          • Park Assist - Front Sensors (UD5 or UFQ)
          • Pedestrian Alert (HP4)
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Lane Keep Assist (UHX without UGN) and Forward Collision Alert (UEU)
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (UFG) and Side Object Detection (UKC)
          • Collision Avodance - Camera and Module Power, Ground and Controls (UGN)
          • Collision Avodance - Serial Data Camera, Module and Long Range Radar (UGN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B094B or B094C: Object Detection Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B094D or B094E: Object Detection Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0954, B0955, B0956, or B0957: Parking Assist Front Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B095D or B095E: Parking Assist Rear Sensor Side Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960, or B0961: Parking Assist Rear Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0967 or B0968: Parking Assist On/Off Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B096B: Parking Assist Switch Parallel Parking Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B096C or B096D: Parking Assist Side Sensor Front Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1008: Calibration Data Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information Stored Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D (with side blind zone alert, UFT): Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T): Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127B (IO5 or IO6): Rearview Camera Input Signal Circuit Missing Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127B (IOA): Rearview Camera Input Signal Circuit Missing Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit Short
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390A: Short Range Object Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390C: Long Range Radar Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390D: Frontview Camera Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F6: Front Object Detection Control Module Torque Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F7: Rear Object Detection Control Module Torque Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction (IO5 or IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction (IOA)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Object System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Forward Range Radar Sensor Replacement
        • Active Safety Control Module Replacement
        • Forward Collision Alert Display Replacement
        • Pedestrian Sound Alert Module Replacement
        • Pedestrian Sound Alert Speaker Replacement
        • Parking Assist Control Module Replacement
        • Advance Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement (Front)
        • Advance Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement (Rear)
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
        • Front Object Alarm Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Side Object Sensing Alert Module Replacement
        • Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
        • Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Procedure
          • If Slow to Calibrate
      • Description and Operation
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Parking Assist, UD5)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Rear Parking Assist, UD7)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Parallel Parking or Automatic Parking Assist)
          • Notes
          • Parallel Parking Assist Components
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parallel Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Keep Assist Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Keep Assist Operation
          • Lane Keep Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Cross Traffic Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Components
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Operation
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Active Safety Seat Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Active Safety Seat Operation
          • Active Safety Seat
        • Side Blind Zone Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Side Blind Zone Alert System Components
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation (with UGN)
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation (without UGN)
        • Active Safety System Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
          • Notes
          • Component Descriptions:
          • Vehicle Ahead
          • Forward Collision Alert
          • Integrated Brake Assist
          • Automatic Collision Preparation System
          • Lane Departure Warning
          • Adaptive Cruise Control
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Active Safety System Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America)
          • The Active Safety System
          • Component Descriptions:
          • Adaptive Cruise Control
          • Automatic Collision Preparation System
          • Forward Collision Alert
          • Lane Departure Warning
          • Integrated Brake Assist
          • Rear Emergency Automatic Braking
          • Vehicle Ahead Indicator
          • Lane Keep Assist (RPO UHX)
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Adaptive Cruise Control Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Messages
        • Pedestrian Alert Description and Operation
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Active Noise Cancellation System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Active Noise Cancellation Wiring Schematics
          • Active Noise Cancellation (NKC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0560: Engine RPM Input Circuit Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277, B127C, or B127D: Microphone Input Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Active Noise Cancellation Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Active Noise Cancellation Description and Operation
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IOA)
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Microphone - IOA
          • Radio Speaker Outputs (NKC)
          • Speakers - IOA - (UQF-NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF+NKC)
          • Auxiliay Inputs
          • Antennas
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IO5 or IO6)
          • Radio, Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Audio Amplifier Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Human Machine Interface and Display, Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Antennas
          • Radio Speaker Outputs (NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF-NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF+NKC)
          • Speakers (UQA)
          • Auxiliary Inputs
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IP1)
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Microphone
          • Speakers
          • Auxiliary Inputs
          • Antennas
        • OnStar/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Antennas (UE1)
          • Controls and Audio Signals (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0997: Auxiliary Electronic Control Unit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Audio Amplifier): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor Above Maximum Threshold
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Radio): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Human Machine Interface Control Module): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (UQF without NKC): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (with UQA): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (UQF with NKC): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124F: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Programming
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124B (IOA/IP1): USB 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124B (IO5/IO6): USB 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1265: Entertainment System Remote Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277 (with IO5/IO6): Microphone 1 Input Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277 (with IOA/IP1): Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127E: Front Video Display Output Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1446 or B1447: Backup Power Source
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462 (without UE1): Global Positioning System Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462 (with UE1): Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction (IOA/IP1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction (IO5/IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (IO5/IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (IOA/IP1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Information Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction (UQF without NKC)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Malfunction (with UQA)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Malfunction (UQF with NKC)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Voice Recognition Malfunction (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Voice Recognition Malfunction (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Human Machine Interface Control Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Battery Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Replacement (With U2K)
        • Radio Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Radio Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Radio Control Assembly Replacement (RPO IO5)
        • Active Noise Cancellation Microphone Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Active Noise Cancellation Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Disc Player and USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Coil Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Ground Coil Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Radio Front Center Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • High Frequency Antenna Replacement
        • USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Left Side Rear)
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Right Side Rear)
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Right Side Front)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Floor Console Accessory Function Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation (with IO5/IO6)
          • Notes
          • Data Communications
          • Remote Radio Receiver
          • Human Machine Interface Module
          • Media Disc Player
          • Audio Amplifier (If equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Infotainment Controls and Display
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Bluetooth ® (If equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port and SD Card Reader
          • Navigation System Components and Features (if equipped)
          • Valet Mode
          • OnStar ® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Auto Volume Control
          • Rear Audio Control (If equipped)
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation (with IOA/IP1)
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Information Display and Controls
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (If equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port (If Equipped)
          • OnStar ® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume
          • Firmware Over The Air
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
          • Troubleshooting Guide
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Halogen Lamps and Daytime Running Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Left Park Lamps
          • Right Park Lamps
          • Left Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Right Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup, Center Stop and License Lamps
          • Tail Lamps (UGE)
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Instrument Panel Compartment, Floor Console Compartment and Courtesy Lamps
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Doors
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Instrument Panel
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Doors Lamps
          • Overhead Lamps
          • Instrument Panel and Floor Console Lamps
          • Indicator Lamps
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B255F: Interior Door Handle Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit, Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Accent Lighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Center Reading Lamp Replacement (Without Sunroof)
        • Center Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Center Reading and Courtesy Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Front Side Door Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Seat Position Center Reading Lamp Replacement (With Sunroof)
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Map Pocket Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LFV)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Right Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Right Side)
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Right Side
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Left Side)
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Right Side)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Bulb Replacement
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fascia Lower Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Automatic High Beam Assist (AHBA)
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Gauges
          • Indicators
          • Driver Information
        • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
          • Audible Warning
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B071F: Transmission Range Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0931: Compass Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124F: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Programming
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3567: Info Display Select Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0071-P0074: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Level Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0521, P0522, or P0523: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Displays and Gauges Component Replacement Reference
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Chime Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Gauge Malfunction (CNG Fuel Gauge)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Gauge Malfunction (Gasoline Fuel Gauge)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Audible Warnings or Chimes
          • Additional Warnings
          • Backup Alarm (with 8S3)
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicator Light On
          • Message Displayed
          • Change Timing Belt Message
          • Brakes Overheated
          • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UDC)
          • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UDD)
          • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UHS)
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (if equipped)
          • Fuel Level Gauge
          • Speedometer
          • Odometer
          • Tachometer
          • Compass (with UE1)
          • Compass (without UE1)
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Driver Information Center Display
  • Headlights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Halogen Lamps and Daytime Running Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Left Park Lamps
          • Right Park Lamps
          • Left Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Right Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup, Center Stop and License Lamps
          • Tail Lamps (UGE)
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Instrument Panel Compartment, Floor Console Compartment and Courtesy Lamps
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Doors
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Instrument Panel
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Doors Lamps
          • Overhead Lamps
          • Instrument Panel and Floor Console Lamps
          • Indicator Lamps
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B255F: Interior Door Handle Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit, Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Accent Lighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Center Reading Lamp Replacement (Without Sunroof)
        • Center Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Center Reading and Courtesy Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Front Side Door Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Seat Position Center Reading Lamp Replacement (With Sunroof)
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Map Pocket Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LFV)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Right Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Right Side)
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Right Side
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Left Side)
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Right Side)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Bulb Replacement
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fascia Lower Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Automatic High Beam Assist (AHBA)
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Door (AEC)
          • Driver Door (AXG)
          • Passenger Door
          • Rear Doors
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Window Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AXG, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AEC, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AEC, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AXG, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AEF, AXG)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AED, AEC)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Front Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Control Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Quarter Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horn
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B010E: Pedestrian Friendly Alert Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2750: Horn Relay Secondary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Pedestrian Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Horns
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Horns
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
        • Pedestrian Alert Description and Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • Low Frequency Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Ignition Key or Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Battery Distribution Engine Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Fuse Block Replacement (HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
  • Infotainment
    • Active Noise Cancellation System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Active Noise Cancellation Wiring Schematics
          • Active Noise Cancellation (NKC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0560: Engine RPM Input Circuit Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277, B127C, or B127D: Microphone Input Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Active Noise Cancellation Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Active Noise Cancellation Description and Operation
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IOA)
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Microphone - IOA
          • Radio Speaker Outputs (NKC)
          • Speakers - IOA - (UQF-NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF+NKC)
          • Auxiliay Inputs
          • Antennas
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IO5 or IO6)
          • Radio, Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Audio Amplifier Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Human Machine Interface and Display, Power, Ground and Serial Data
          • Antennas
          • Radio Speaker Outputs (NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF-NKC)
          • Speakers (UQF+NKC)
          • Speakers (UQA)
          • Auxiliary Inputs
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics (IP1)
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Microphone
          • Speakers
          • Auxiliary Inputs
          • Antennas
        • OnStar/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Antennas (UE1)
          • Controls and Audio Signals (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0997: Auxiliary Electronic Control Unit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Audio Amplifier): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor Above Maximum Threshold
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Radio): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1024 (Human Machine Interface Control Module): Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (UQF without NKC): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (with UQA): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025-B1135 (UQF with NKC): Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124F: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Programming
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124B (IOA/IP1): USB 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124B (IO5/IO6): USB 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1265: Entertainment System Remote Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277 (with IO5/IO6): Microphone 1 Input Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1277 (with IOA/IP1): Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B127E: Front Video Display Output Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1446 or B1447: Backup Power Source
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462 (without UE1): Global Positioning System Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462 (with UE1): Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction (IOA/IP1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction (IO5/IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (IO5/IO6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth Malfunction (IOA/IP1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Information Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction (UQF without NKC)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Malfunction (with UQA)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Malfunction (UQF with NKC)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Voice Recognition Malfunction (with UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Voice Recognition Malfunction (without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Human Machine Interface Control Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Battery Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Bracket Replacement
        • Radio Replacement (With U2K)
        • Radio Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Radio Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Radio Control Assembly Replacement (RPO IO5)
        • Active Noise Cancellation Microphone Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Active Noise Cancellation Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Disc Player and USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Coil Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Ground Coil Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Radio Front Center Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Speaker Grille Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • High Frequency Antenna Replacement
        • USB Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Left Side Rear)
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Right Side Rear)
        • Radio Control Switch Replacement - Steering Wheel (Right Side Front)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Floor Console Accessory Function Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation (with IO5/IO6)
          • Notes
          • Data Communications
          • Remote Radio Receiver
          • Human Machine Interface Module
          • Media Disc Player
          • Audio Amplifier (If equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Infotainment Controls and Display
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Bluetooth ® (If equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port and SD Card Reader
          • Navigation System Components and Features (if equipped)
          • Valet Mode
          • OnStar ® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Auto Volume Control
          • Rear Audio Control (If equipped)
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation (with IOA/IP1)
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Information Display and Controls
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Digital Radio Receiver (If equipped)
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port (If Equipped)
          • OnStar ® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Speed Compensated Volume
          • Firmware Over The Air
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
          • Troubleshooting Guide
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Ajar Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P257D-P257F: Engine Hood Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Dash Panel Upper Extension Panel Extension Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Front Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement (Hood Insulator)
        • Hood Insulator Replacement (Thermal Isolator)
        • Hood Primary Latch Replacement
        • Hood Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Torque Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Front Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Front Side Door Lower Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Rear Side Door Rear Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Body Control Module
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Engine Control Module (with KL9)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Side Door Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (LS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (LT)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (Malibu)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Engine Nameplate Replacement (2.0)
        • Front Grille Replacement
        • Front Upper Grille Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Upper Molding Replacement
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement - Right Side
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Floor Carpet Auxiliary Mat Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Headliner Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Applique Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Applique Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Plate Applique Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IO5)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Center Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Center Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Pad Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Pad Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Bolt Cover Replacement
        • Forward Collision Alert Display Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Opening Frame Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement (without J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement (with J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment (Front Bin Base Level)
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment Replacement (Rear Bin Uplevel)
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Transmission Shift Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Panel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Lower Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Outer Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Driver Side)
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Passenger Side)
        • Rear Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Sill Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Sill Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Roof Rail Assist Handle Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Window Lower Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Window Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Finish Panel Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Cover Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Carpet, Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (5 Bar Cover, Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Carpet, With HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Battery Cover, With HP4)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (With HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (With HP4)
        • Body Side Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Adjuster Front Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Vertical Actuator Lever Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Except Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Pad Support Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Halogen Lamps and Daytime Running Lamps
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Indicators
          • Left Park Lamps
          • Right Park Lamps
          • Left Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Right Stop and Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup, Center Stop and License Lamps
          • Tail Lamps (UGE)
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Instrument Panel Compartment, Floor Console Compartment and Courtesy Lamps
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Doors
          • Accent and Flood Lamps - Instrument Panel
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Controls and Doors Lamps
          • Overhead Lamps
          • Instrument Panel and Floor Console Lamps
          • Indicator Lamps
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B255F: Interior Door Handle Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals Correlation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit, Control Module Voltage Reference Output 3 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Accent Lighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Center Reading Lamp Replacement (Without Sunroof)
        • Center Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Center Reading and Courtesy Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Front Side Door Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Light Conductor Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Seat Position Center Reading Lamp Replacement (With Sunroof)
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Lens Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Map Pocket Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LFV)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LTG)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (LKN)
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LFV, LKN - Right Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Left Side)
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (LTG - Right Side)
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LFV, LTG)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Left Side (LKN)
        • Turn Signal Bulb Replacement - Right Side
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Left Side)
        • Rear Body Structure Stop Lamp Replacement (Right Side)
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Bulb Replacement
        • Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fascia Lower Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Automatic High Beam Assist (AHBA)
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail, and License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Dome Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (DD8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Position (A45)
          • Passenger Position (A45)
          • Driver and Passenger Position (without A45)
          • Heating
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B154A or B154B: Mirror Internal Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction (With A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction (Without A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Gasket Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Upper Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Inner Actuator Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation (If Equipped)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (without A45)
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Seat Memory Switch (A45)
          • Seat Position (AE8 - A45)
          • Seat Position (AE8+A45)
          • Lumbar (AL9)
        • Passenger Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Position (AAQ)
          • Lumbar (AT9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1405, B1825, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit, Seat Position Sensor Circuit, Driver Seat Assembly Horizontal Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Seat Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2755 or B2765: Memory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3920: Seat Motors Group 1 Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Memory Seat Feature Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Driver Seat without Memory A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Passenger Seat)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Driver Seat with Memory A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Memory Module Bracket Replacement
        • Front Seat Bolster Memory Module Replacement
        • Front Seat Tilt Adjuster Actuator Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Lumbar Control Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Lumbar Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Replacement
        • Front Seat Wiring Harness Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support Components
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Memory Control Module Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Auto Memory Recall and Easy Exit
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Adjuster Front Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Vertical Actuator Lever Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Except Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Pad Support Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats - Front (KA1)
          • Driver Seat Ventilation (KU9)
          • Passenger Seat Ventilation (KU9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B191A: Front Heated Seat Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vented Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Vent Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Vent Fan Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Vent Fan Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated/Vented Seat Description and Operation
          • Heated and Vented Seat Components
          • Heated/Vented Seat Switches
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Front Vented Seat Operation
          • Heated and Cooled Seat Operation During Remote Start
          • Load Shed Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls with Redundant Audio Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Reset Teen Driver Key PIN
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Steering Wheel (UVD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Heated Steering Wheel Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Steering Wheel Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Steering
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Boot Replacement (Inner)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Boot Replacement (Outer)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
        • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Pad Accessory Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Heat Control Module Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Spoke Cover Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Steering Column Lock
          • Driver Safety
          • Heated Steering Wheel
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Sensors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Door (AEC)
          • Driver Door (AXG)
          • Passenger Door
          • Rear Doors
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Window Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AXG, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AEC, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AEC, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AXG, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AEF, AXG)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AED, AEC)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Front Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Control Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Quarter Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Wiring Schematics
          • Wiper Control
          • Washer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3715 or B3875: Windshield Wiper
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3873: Front Washer Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Windshield Wiper System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Filler Tube Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Filler Tube Seal Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Grommet Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Extension Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Water Deflector Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Transmission Replacement
        • Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement
        • Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Insert Replacement
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
          • Exterior:
          • Interior:
        • Wiper Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper System
          • Windshield Washer System
          • Rain Sense Mode and Rain Sense Indicator
          • Washer Fluid Level Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Body, Cab Control Systems
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls with Redundant Audio Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Reset Teen Driver Key PIN
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Door Locks
    • Immobilizer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • Low Frequency Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Ignition Key or Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry - Active
          • Keyless Entry - Passive and Keyless Start
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3123: Keyless Entry Antenna 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3124: Keyless Entry Antenna 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Remote Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Active)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Passive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Bracket Replacement
        • Low Frequency Instrument Panel Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Console Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Rear Compartment Antenna Replacement
        • Low Frequency Rear Bumper Antenna Replacement
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter Slots
          • Door Antennas
          • Rear Fascia Antenna
          • Front Console Passive (Instrument Panel) Antenna
          • Rear Console Antenna
          • Rear Compartment Antenna
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna Coil Assembly
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Passive
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm/Active
          • Remote Vehicle Start/Active
          • Enable/Disable Remote Vehicle Start/Active
          • Hood Ajar Switch/Active
          • Remote Vehicle Start Circuit Description/Active
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Ajar Switches and Lock Indicators
          • Switches
          • Actuators
          • Handle Switches
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Compartment
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1474 or B3849: Exterior Door Handle Switch Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1534 or B1535: Rear Door Handle Switch Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B297B or B297C: Door Open Switch Circuit Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130, or B3135: Doors Lock Circuit, Doors Unlock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140, B3145, B3150, or B3155: Door Unlock Switch Circuit, Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit Short to Ground
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Unlatch Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction (Driver, Front Passenger)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction (Left Rear, Right Rear)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Door Handle Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding, or Locks, Handles, or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Rear Compartment Without Electrical Power
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Rear Compartment Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Cable Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Side
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar System (Standard and Optional)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar (With AXG and AER Power Windows)
          • Driver and Passenger Door Ajar (With AEC and AED Power Windows)
          • Rear Door Ajar
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Operation
          • Trunk Open Message
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Key Cylinder Switch
          • Passive Door Lock/Unlock Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Content Theft Deterrent
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction (with CJ2)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Security Indicator Malfunction (with C67)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumpers And Fascias
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Active Grille Air Shutter Wiring Schematics
          • Active Grille Air Shutter (VRI)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P059F or P151E: Active Grille Air Shutter 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P05AE or P151F: Active Grille Air Shutter 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Active Grille Air Shutter
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Active Grille Air Shutter 1 Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Active Grille Air Shutter 2 Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Guide Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Center Support Replacement
        • Front Bumper Shutter Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Bumper Shutter Replacement (Upper)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Support Brace Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Center Air Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Valance Panel Replacement (Single Tail Pipe)
        • Rear Bumper Valance Panel Replacement (Dual Tail Pipe)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Single Tail Pipe)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Dual Tail Pipe)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Active Grille Air Shutter Description and Operation
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Ajar Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P257D-P257F: Engine Hood Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Dash Panel Upper Extension Panel Extension Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Front Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement (Hood Insulator)
        • Hood Insulator Replacement (Thermal Isolator)
        • Hood Primary Latch Replacement
        • Hood Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Torque Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Front Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Front Side Door Lower Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Rear Side Door Rear Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Body Control Module
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Engine Control Module (with KL9)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Side Door Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (LS)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (LT)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Nameplate Replacement (Malibu)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Engine Nameplate Replacement (2.0)
        • Front Grille Replacement
        • Front Upper Grille Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Upper Molding Replacement
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement - Right Side
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Floor Carpet Auxiliary Mat Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Headliner
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Headliner Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Applique Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Applique Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Plate Applique Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IO5)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Center Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IP1)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Center Trim Plate Replacement (RPO IOA)
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Pad Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Trim Pad Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Bolt Cover Replacement
        • Forward Collision Alert Display Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Opening Frame Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement (without J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement (with J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Instrument Panel and Console
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment (Front Bin Base Level)
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment Replacement (Rear Bin Uplevel)
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Transmission Shift Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Panel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Lower Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Outer Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Driver Side)
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Passenger Side)
        • Rear Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Sill Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Sill Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Roof Rail Assist Handle Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Window Lower Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Window Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Finish Panel Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Cover Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Carpet, Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (5 Bar Cover, Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Carpet, With HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement (Battery Cover, With HP4)
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (With HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (With HP4)
        • Body Side Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Adjuster Front Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Vertical Actuator Lever Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Except Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Pad Support Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Front Splash Shield Replacement (LFV, LTG)
        • Front Compartment Splash Shield Replacement
        • Front Compartment Air Deflector Replacement
        • Underbody Front Air Deflector Replacement
        • Underbody Rear Air Deflector Replacement - Left Side (XFE)
        • Underbody Rear Air Deflector Replacement - Right Side (XFE)
        • Underbody Rear Air Rear Deflector Replacement (LFV, LKN)
        • Front Cradle Brace Replacement
        • Front Cradle Mount Bolt Bracket Replacement
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Cradle Replacement (LFV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Cradle Replacement (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Cradle Replacement (LKN)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Suspension Cradle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame Insulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Tire Front Air Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Tire Front Air Deflector Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface Requested Immobilization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller In Learn Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder of Wrong Type Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Incorrect Immobilizer Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier Not Programmable
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code Not Programmed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Control Module
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • Low Frequency Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Ignition Key or Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Battery Distribution Engine Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Fuse Block Replacement (HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (DD8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Position (A45)
          • Passenger Position (A45)
          • Driver and Passenger Position (without A45)
          • Heating
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B154A or B154B: Mirror Internal Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction (With A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction (Without A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Gasket Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Upper Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Inner Actuator Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation (If Equipped)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (without A45)
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Seat Memory Switch (A45)
          • Seat Position (AE8 - A45)
          • Seat Position (AE8+A45)
          • Lumbar (AL9)
        • Passenger Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Position (AAQ)
          • Lumbar (AT9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1405, B1825, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit, Seat Position Sensor Circuit, Driver Seat Assembly Horizontal Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Seat Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2755 or B2765: Memory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3920: Seat Motors Group 1 Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Memory Seat Feature Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Driver Seat without Memory A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Passenger Seat)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Malfunction (Driver Seat with Memory A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Memory Module Bracket Replacement
        • Front Seat Bolster Memory Module Replacement
        • Front Seat Tilt Adjuster Actuator Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Lumbar Control Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Lumbar Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Replacement
        • Front Seat Wiring Harness Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support Components
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Memory Control Module Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Auto Memory Recall and Easy Exit
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Adjuster Front Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Vertical Actuator Lever Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Except Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Passenger Side with 6-way Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Pad Support Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Seat Cushion Outer Finish Cover Replacement (Power)
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Bolster Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (40%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (60%)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats - Front (KA1)
          • Driver Seat Ventilation (KU9)
          • Passenger Seat Ventilation (KU9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B191A: Front Heated Seat Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vented Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Vent Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Vent Fan Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Vent Fan Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated/Vented Seat Description and Operation
          • Heated and Vented Seat Components
          • Heated/Vented Seat Switches
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Front Vented Seat Operation
          • Heated and Cooled Seat Operation During Remote Start
          • Load Shed Management
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Sunroof Wiring Schematics
          • Sunroof (C3U)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3664 (CF5): Sunroof Position Select Switch High Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3664 (C3U): Sunroof Position Select Switch High Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3697 (CF5): Sunroof Actuator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B369B (C3U): Sunroof Sunshade Position Select Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B369C (C3U): Sunroof Tilt Position Select Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B369D (C3U): Sunroof Sunshade Actuator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Malfunction (CF5)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Sunroof Malfunction (C3U)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Sunshade Malfunction (C3U)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement (Right Side)
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement (Left Side)
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement (Left Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement (Right Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Motor Replacement
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (CF5)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For an Existing Drive Assembly:
          • If the Process is interrupted right at the hard stop:
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (C3U)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure/First Time Installation For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Sunroof/Sunshade Re-Initialization/Teach Procedure/Reinstallation For an Existing Drive Assembly:
        • Sunroof Sunshade Motor Replacement
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (Inner)
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (Outer)
        • Roof Stationary Window Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (CF5)
          • Notes
          • Sunroof Control Switches
          • System Protection Functions
          • Sunroof Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (C3U)
          • Notes
          • Sunroof Control Switches
          • System Protection Functions
          • Sunroof Operation
          • Sunshade Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Door (AEC)
          • Driver Door (AXG)
          • Passenger Door
          • Rear Doors
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Window Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AXG, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A, or B319A (AEC, AED, AEQ): Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AEC, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction (AXG, AED, AEQ)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AEF, AXG)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (AED, AEC)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Front Applique Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Control Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement (Right Side)
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Retainer Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Quarter Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Rear Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, Traction Control and References
          • Wheel Speed Sensors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0051 (RPO J69): Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0051 (RPO J71): Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0055: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C005A: Simultaneous Malfunction of Both Wheel Speed Sensors on One Axle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0110 (RPO J69): Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0110 (RPO J71): Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0115: Pump Motor Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0116: Pump Motor Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0121 (J69): Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0121 (J71): Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012A: Brake Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0131: Traction Control System Pressure Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Antilock Braking System Brake Switch Circuit Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0179: Brake System Calculated Component Overheat Protection Time-Out
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C018B, C0196, C019B, C027E, or C0287: Lateral Acceleration Sensor, Yaw Rate, Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C018A, C019A, or C027F: Lateral Acceleration, Yaw Rate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242: Engine Control Module Indicated Traction Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245 (RPO J69): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245 (RPO J71): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0274: Isolation Valve High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0280: Stability System Active Too Long Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Wheel Angle Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1207, C1208, C1221, C1222, C1225, C1226, C1232, or C1233: Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C124F or C1250-C1254: Lateral Acceleration Sensor, Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0856: Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FD: Wheel Speed Sensor Message Sequence Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Connector Reconnection - Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed
        • Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pressure Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power-Up-Self Test
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Abs
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Brake Assist
          • Electronic Brake Distribution
          • Electronic Stability Control (RPO FX3)
          • Hill Start Assist
          • Traction Control System
          • Driver Information Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (Without J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (With J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Guide Pin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Guide Pin Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement (Without J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement (With J71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Guide Pin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Guide Pin Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation (Floating Caliper)
          • System Operation (Fixed Caliper)
          • System Characteristics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Wiring Schematics
          • Hydraulic Brakes (-HP4)
          • Hydraulic Brakes (HP4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0075: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0126: Brake Fluid Level Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0267: Low Brake Fluid Indicated
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0299: Brake Booster Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0579, C057A, or C057E: Brake Booster Control Module Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C057F, C0582, C058A, C0590, C0591, C0595, C0596, or C1275-C1277: Brake Booster
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0580 or C0594: Brake Booster Motor "A"
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1072: Brake Fluid Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C111C: Low Brake Fluid Indicated
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1278 or C1279: Brake System Data Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C025E: Brake Pressure Vacuum Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1449: System Configuration Error
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P050F: Brake Booster Weak Vacuum
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0556, P0557, or P0558: Brake Booster Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P057B-P057E, P05DC-P05DF, or P05E0: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P060B, or P062F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0642, P06A6, or P06A7: Sensor Reference Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P25C6 or P25C7: Brake Booster Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hydraulic Brake Fluid Replacement
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement (Without HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (Without HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Master Cylinder Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Replacement (Without HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (Without HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Master Cylinder Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Pipe Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Pipe Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Pipe Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Pipe Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Master Cylinder Booster Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Power Brake Booster Description and Operation
          • Power Brake Booster Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Driver Information Center Messages
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Park Brake System Wiring Schematics
        • Electric Park Brake (J71)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC C028F: Left Park Brake Actuator Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0293: Park Brake Control Switch Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Hardware Calibration Not Learned
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1138: Supply Voltage, Signal Performance
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1148: Left Park Brake Actuator Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C114C: Park Brake Switch Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1586 (HP4): Right Park Brake Actuator Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1586 (Without HP4): Right Park Brake Actuator Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1587 (HP4): Left Park Brake Actuator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1587 (Without HP4): Left Park Brake Actuator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1588 (HP4): Right Park Brake Actuator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1588 (WIthout HP4): Right Park Brake Actuator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Calibration
      • Parking Brake Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Right Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Parking Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Parking Brake Service Mode Selection
        • Rear Parking Brake Actuator Release - Service Mode
        • Rear Parking Brake Actuator Release - Manual Release
    • Description and Operation
      • Electronic Parking Brake Description
        • Notes
        • Electronic Brake Control Module
        • Electric Parking Brake Apply
        • Electric Parking Brake Release
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, Traction Control and References
          • Wheel Speed Sensors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0051 (RPO J69): Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0051 (RPO J71): Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0055: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C005A: Simultaneous Malfunction of Both Wheel Speed Sensors on One Axle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0110 (RPO J69): Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0110 (RPO J71): Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0115: Pump Motor Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0116: Pump Motor Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0121 (J69): Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0121 (J71): Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012A: Brake Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0131: Traction Control System Pressure Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Antilock Braking System Brake Switch Circuit Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0179: Brake System Calculated Component Overheat Protection Time-Out
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C018B, C0196, C019B, C027E, or C0287: Lateral Acceleration Sensor, Yaw Rate, Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C018A, C019A, or C027F: Lateral Acceleration, Yaw Rate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242: Engine Control Module Indicated Traction Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245 (RPO J69): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245 (RPO J71): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0274: Isolation Valve High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0280: Stability System Active Too Long Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Wheel Angle Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1207, C1208, C1221, C1222, C1225, C1226, C1232, or C1233: Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C124F or C1250-C1254: Lateral Acceleration Sensor, Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0856: Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FD: Wheel Speed Sensor Message Sequence Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Connector Reconnection - Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed
        • Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pressure Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power-Up-Self Test
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Abs
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Brake Assist
          • Electronic Brake Distribution
          • Electronic Stability Control (RPO FX3)
          • Hill Start Assist
          • Traction Control System
          • Driver Information Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Wheel Drive Intermediate Shaft Replacement (LTG with MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Intermediate Shaft Replacement (LTG with MRC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MKE)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MNH)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MRC)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Right Side (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Right Side (LFV, LKN)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Half Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MKE)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Half Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MNH)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Half Shaft Replacement - Left Side (MRC)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Half Shaft Replacement - Right Side (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Half Shaft Replacement - Right Side (LVH, LKN)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Starting (KL9)
          • Charging
          • Stop/Start System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device, Control Module, Battery, Fuel Injector
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B151C: Battery Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0561: System Voltage Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617 (KL9): Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P155E, P155F, or P156E: DC/DC Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15A3: Stop/Start Select Switch Circuit Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FF: Battery Monitor Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P058A-P058F, P16D4-P16D6, P16DC-P16DF, or P16E1-P16E3: Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P26E4-P26E6: Starter Drive Pinion Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3051, P3053, or P3055: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3052, P3054, or P3056: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305D or P305E: DC/DC Converter Crank Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3001, U3003, U3006-U3009, U3013, U3014, U3018, U3019, or U3500-U350B: Control Module, Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Stop/Start System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start Disable, Inhibit, and Restart Reasons
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (KL9)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (with KL9)
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (without KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Replacement (KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Module Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Fuse Block Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With out HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Junction Block Cable Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Bracket Replacement
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Stop/Start System Description and Operation (with KL9)
          • Notes
          • Autostop Criteria
          • Autostart Criteria
          • System Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Removal and Installation)
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Top View
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LKN)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LTG)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X7
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X8
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Bottom View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2 (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X5
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6 (-HP4)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X7
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel ()
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Driver Door Trim Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Passenger Door Trim Components
        • Left Rear Trim Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Trim Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front Fascia/Front Of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components
        • Radiator Support Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100 (LFV+MNH)
        • G100 and G122 (LVF+MKE)
        • G101, G103, G108 and G110
        • G102 and G106
        • G112 (LTG)
        • G112 (LFV+MNH)
        • G112 and G120 (LFV+MKE)
        • G120 and G122 (LFV)
        • G120 and G122 (LTG)
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G302 and G303
        • G305
        • G401 and G402
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components - Upper
        • Instrument Panel Components - Lower
        • Instrument Panel Components - Rear side
        • Center Console Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Front
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Rear
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Right
        • Roof Components - Headliner
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Fuel Rail (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Left Front (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Rear (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Right Rear (LKN)
        • Transmission Components (MKE)
        • Transmission Components (MNH)
        • Transmission - Case Components (MRC)
        • Transmission - Valve Body Components (MRC)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
      • Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
        • Rear Of Vehicle Components
        • Rear Compartment Lid Components
        • Rear Fascia Components
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Right Side
        • Rear Compartment Components - Front (HP4)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Well Components - Front
        • Wheel Well Components - Rear
    • Power Outlets
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • 12 Volt DC Power Outlets and Wireless Charger (K4C)
          • 110V AC Power Outlet (KI6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mobile Device Wireless Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Mobile Device Wireless Charger Malfunction (with EL-51755)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction (12V)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction (110V)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • USB Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory AC and DC Power Control Module Replacement
        • Wireless Charging System Module Replacement
        • 120-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Mobile Device Wireless Charger Description and Operation
          • Mobile Device Wireless Charging System
          • Charging
          • Indicator
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • 12 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Description and Operation
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle System Description
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle System Operation
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Isolation Fault Protection
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Overload Shutdown
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Internal Shutdown
          • USB Receptacle Description and Operation (USS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Push Button Start
          • Accessory Mode
          • Run/Start Mode
          • Vehicle in Service Mode
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode) (If Equipped)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
          • Serial Data Wake-Up
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Retained Accessory Power Relay Coil Control Circuit.
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Interruptible Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To B77R
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X4
        • A11 Radio X6 (U2K)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • A26 HVAC Controls
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X2 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X3 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X4 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X5 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X6 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X7 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X8 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X9 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X10 (HP4)
        • A98 Front Overhead Console Assembly
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7E Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B7J Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Upper (CJ2)
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19B Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LFV)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LKN/LTG)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LFV)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LKN/LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LTG)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LTG)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LFV)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LKN/LTG)
        • B35 Engine Oil Level Switch
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LFV)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LKN)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LFV)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN/LTG)
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B61P Seat Belt Tension Sensor - Passenger
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LFV)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LKN)
        • B68A Knock Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B68B Knock Sensor 2 (LFV/LTG)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LKN)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B77LF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Left Front
        • B77R Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Rear
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B77RF To K1 X2
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B77RF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Right Front
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B94LF Side Object Sensor - Left Front
        • B94LR Side Object Sensor - Left Rear
        • B94RF Side Object Sensor - Right Front
        • B94RR Side Object Sensor - Right Rear
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module (HP4)
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B111 Turbocharger Boost Sensor (LFV)
        • B130A Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 1
        • B130B Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 2
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor
        • B174W Frontview Camera - Windshield
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor (HP4)
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left
        • B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right
        • B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
        • B280 Automatic Transmission Accumulator Solenoid Valve
        • This template is applicable for any component connector end view within a publication that is delivered to GMNA beginning with MY 13 publications.
        • C1 Battery
        • C1 Battery (LTG)
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E1W Accent Lamp - Instrument Panel
        • E2LF Side Marker Lamp - Left Front
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RF Side Marker Lamp - Right Front
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E38 Flood Lamp - Center Console
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X1
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X2
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E55D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Pocket
        • E55P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Pocket
        • E63D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Handle
        • E63LR Flood Lamp - Left Rear Door Handle
        • E63P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Handle
        • E63RR Flood Lamp - Right Rear Door Handle
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X1
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X2
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X1 (AW7/AWF)
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X2 (AW7/AWF)
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LTG)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LFV/LKN)
        • G13 Generator X1 (LFV/LTG)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LFV)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LTG)
        • G14 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling Fan
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LFV/LTG)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LKN)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LTG)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump (LFV/LKN)
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K124 To S13D
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X1
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X2
        • K132 Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module
        • K177 Brake Booster Control Module
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X1
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X2
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X3
        • M6L Air Temperature Door Actuator - Left
        • M6R Air Temperature Door Actuator - Right
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M50D Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M51D Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
        • M51P Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
        • M53D Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Driver
        • M53P Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Passenger
        • M55D Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M55P Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
        • M56D Seat Recline Motor - Driver
        • M56P Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
        • M60A Active Grille Air Shutter 1 Motor Module
        • M60B Active Grille Air Shutter 2 Motor Module
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LTG)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LTG)
        • M69 Sunroof Motor
        • M73A Seat Blower Motor - Driver Back
        • M73B Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Back
        • M73C Seat Blower Motor - Driver Cushion
        • M73D Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Cushion
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AEC)
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AXG)
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M81 Sunroof Sunshade Motor (C3U)
        • M104L Park Brake Actuator - Left
        • M104R Park Brake Actuator - Right
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module X1
        • P17 Info Display Module X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • P19AA Speaker - Right Subwoofer
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AJ Speaker - Left Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AK Speaker - Right Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19B Speaker - Center Instrument Panel
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19N Speaker - Left Subwoofer
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • P48 Pedestrian Alert Sound Speaker
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LFV)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LKN)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LTG/LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LFV/LTG)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LTG)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve (LFV/LTG)
        • Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LFE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LKN)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LTG)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LFE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LKN)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LTG)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LFV)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LKN)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LTG)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LFV)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LKN)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LTG)
        • Q35 Exhaust Heat Exchanger Exhaust Bypass Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • Q44 Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
        • Q46 A/C Compressor Solenoid Valve
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • R14L Rear Window Defogger Noise Filter - Left
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X3 To K114B Pcm 2 X7
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LTG)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K32 Steering Wheel Heating Control Module (UVD)
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X4
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X1
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X3
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X5
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X6
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LTG/LFV)
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LFV)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LTG)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X5 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X7 (UE1)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X1
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X2
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X3 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X4 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X5 (IO5/IO6)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X1
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X2
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X3
        • K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 (HP4)
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X4
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X5
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X6
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X7
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 To K20 X3 LKN
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J69)
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J71)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LKN)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - S13P To X92
      • Component Connector End Views
        • S13P Door Lock Switch - Passenger
        • S25 Garage Door Opener
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S38 Ignition Mode Switch
        • S47D Seat Memory Switch - Driver (A45)
        • S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S64D Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
        • S64P Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger
        • S65D Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Driver (AL9)
        • S65P Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Passenger (AL9)
        • S70E Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Presets
        • S70F Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Volume
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (A45)
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (-A45)
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S146 Window/Outside Rearview Mirror Switch - Driver
        • T1 Accessory DC/AC Power Inverter Module (KI6)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LFV)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LKN)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LTG)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LFV)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LKN)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LFV)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LKN)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LFV)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LTG)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LKN)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (HP4)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (-HP4)
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X3 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X1 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X2 (IO6/UE1)
        • T19 Power Supply Transformer
        • T22 Mobile Device Wireless Charger Module
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X1
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80G Accessory Power Receptacle - Instrument Panel
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X1 (KI6)
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X2 (KI6)
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X92 USB Receptacle (USS)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B097B: Power Mode Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B097C: Power Mode Run/Start Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370 (Instrument Cluster): Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1451: Accessory Power Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305E: Interruptible RAP Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P156D: DC/DC Converter Ignition Switch Run/Start Position Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15B9 or P15BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305B or P305C: DC/DC Converter Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Mode Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Notes
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X110 To X209
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X110 Body Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X115 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness (-HP4)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LFV)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LKN)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LTG)
        • X118 Body Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness (VRI)
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness Harness (-VRI)
        • X120 Body Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X129 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LFV)
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LTG)
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Rail Harness
        • X166 Battery Disconnect Harness to A/C Compressor Harness (HP4)
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X209 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X210 To X404
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X210 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X211 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X212 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
        • X213 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Coax Harness
        • X214 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Harness (UE1)
        • X219 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X220 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X300 Instrument Panel Harness to Center Console Harness
        • X305 Instrument Panel Harness to Shift Lever Harness
        • X310 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X320 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X321 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Air Bag Jumper Harness ()
        • X322 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Side Air Bag Harness ()
        • X325 Body Harness to Windshield Sensor Harness
        • X337 Body Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • X350 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness ()
        • X400 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X404 Rear Bumper Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X405 To X920
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X405 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X407 Keyless Entry Antenna Harness to Body Harness (HP4)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J69)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J71)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (A45)
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (-A45)
        • X510 Driver Door Harness to Driver Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X605 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (UGE)
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (-UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (-UGE)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Battery Distribution Engine Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Fuse Block Replacement (HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Wiring Schematics And Wiring Harness Routing Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Harness Routing Views
          • Body Harness Routing - Engine Compartment - Left Side Engine Compartment (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Engine Compartment - Left Side Engine Compartment (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Enigne Compatment - Right Side Engine Compartment
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Left Front (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Front (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Front (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Front FLoor (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Rear (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Rear (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Rear and Roof
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Left Side
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Right Side (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Right Side (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Body Harness Routing - Underbody - Right Rear
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing - Rear of Instrument Panel
        • How to Use Electrical Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (-HP4)
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (HP4)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2)
          • F3UA, F8UA, F9UA, F10UA, F11UA, F15UA, F17UA, F18UA, F35UA, and F49UA Fuses
          • F19UA, F21UA, F32UA, F33UA, F34UA, F59UA and F81UA Fuses
          • F26UA, F27UA, F28UA, F30UA, F40UA, F43UA, F44UA and F46UA Fuses
          • F75UA, F76UA, F83UA, F84UA, F85UA, F88UA and F91UA Fuses
          • F6UA, F12UA, F13UA, F59UA, F65UA, F72UA and F74UA Fuses
          • F29UA Fuse
          • F5BA, F1DA, F2DA, F4DA, F5DA, F6DA, F7DA, F8DA, F16DA, F17DA, and F18DA Fuses
          • F10DA, F15DA, F38DA, F39DA, F40DA, F41DA, and F42DA Fuses
          • F6BA, F20DA, F21DA, F22DA, F23DA, F24DA, F25DA, F26DA, F27DA, F29DA, F30DA F31DA, F32DA, F33DA and F34DA Fuses
          • CB1DA, CB2DA, F36DA and F37DA
        • Power Moding Schematics
          • Ignition Mode Switch
          • Accessory Power and Retained Accessory Power Relay
          • Ignition Power and Ignition Main Relay (-HP4)
          • Ignition Power and Ignition Main Relay (HP4)
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
          • Ignition Lock
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
          • G100, G103, G106, G108, G112 and G404
          • G101
          • G102
          • G110, G122 and G303
          • G120
          • G201
          • G202 and G204
          • G203
          • G302
          • G305 (1 of 2)
          • G305 (2 of 2)
          • G401
          • G402
          • G406
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Starting (KL9)
          • Charging
          • Stop/Start System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device, Control Module, Battery, Fuel Injector
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B151C: Battery Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0561: System Voltage Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617 (KL9): Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P155E, P155F, or P156E: DC/DC Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15A3: Stop/Start Select Switch Circuit Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FF: Battery Monitor Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P058A-P058F, P16D4-P16D6, P16DC-P16DF, or P16E1-P16E3: Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P26E4-P26E6: Starter Drive Pinion Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3051, P3053, or P3055: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3052, P3054, or P3056: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305D or P305E: DC/DC Converter Crank Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3001, U3003, U3006-U3009, U3013, U3014, U3018, U3019, or U3500-U350B: Control Module, Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Stop/Start System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start Disable, Inhibit, and Restart Reasons
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (KL9)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (with KL9)
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (without KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Replacement (KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Module Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Fuse Block Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With out HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Junction Block Cable Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Bracket Replacement
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Stop/Start System Description and Operation (with KL9)
          • Notes
          • Autostop Criteria
          • Autostart Criteria
          • System Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Removal and Installation)
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Driver Door Trim Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Passenger Door Trim Components
        • Left Rear Trim Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Trim Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front Fascia/Front Of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components
        • Radiator Support Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100 (LFV+MNH)
        • G100 and G122 (LVF+MKE)
        • G101, G103, G108 and G110
        • G102 and G106
        • G112 (LTG)
        • G112 (LFV+MNH)
        • G112 and G120 (LFV+MKE)
        • G120 and G122 (LFV)
        • G120 and G122 (LTG)
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G302 and G303
        • G305
        • G401 and G402
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components - Upper
        • Instrument Panel Components - Lower
        • Instrument Panel Components - Rear side
        • Center Console Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Front
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Rear
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Right
        • Roof Components - Headliner
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Fuel Rail (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Left Front (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Rear (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Right Rear (LKN)
        • Transmission Components (MKE)
        • Transmission Components (MNH)
        • Transmission - Case Components (MRC)
        • Transmission - Valve Body Components (MRC)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
      • Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
        • Rear Of Vehicle Components
        • Rear Compartment Lid Components
        • Rear Fascia Components
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Right Side
        • Rear Compartment Components - Front (HP4)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Well Components - Front
        • Wheel Well Components - Rear
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Top View
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LKN)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LTG)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X7
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X8
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Bottom View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2 (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X5
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6 (-HP4)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X7
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel ()
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
        • Power, Ground, Serial Data and Gauges
        • Indicators
        • Driver Information
      • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
        • Audible Warning
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B071F: Transmission Range Indicator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B0931: Compass Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B124F: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Programming
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B3567: Info Display Select Switch Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0071-P0074: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Level Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0521, P0522, or P0523: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Displays and Gauges Component Replacement Reference
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Chime Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Fuel Gauge Malfunction (CNG Fuel Gauge)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Fuel Gauge Malfunction (Gasoline Fuel Gauge)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Audible Warnings or Chimes
        • Additional Warnings
        • Backup Alarm (with 8S3)
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Indicator Light On
        • Message Displayed
        • Change Timing Belt Message
        • Brakes Overheated
        • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UDC)
        • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UDD)
        • Instrument Cluster (with RPO UHS)
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (if equipped)
        • Fuel Level Gauge
        • Speedometer
        • Odometer
        • Tachometer
        • Compass (with UE1)
        • Compass (without UE1)
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Driver Information Center Display
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horn
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B010E: Pedestrian Friendly Alert Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2750: Horn Relay Secondary Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Pedestrian Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Horns
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Horns
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
        • Pedestrian Alert Description and Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Starting (KL9)
          • Charging
          • Stop/Start System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device, Control Module, Battery, Fuel Injector
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B151C: Battery Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0561: System Voltage Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617 (KL9): Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P155E, P155F, or P156E: DC/DC Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15A3: Stop/Start Select Switch Circuit Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FF: Battery Monitor Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P058A-P058F, P16D4-P16D6, P16DC-P16DF, or P16E1-P16E3: Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P26E4-P26E6: Starter Drive Pinion Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3051, P3053, or P3055: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3052, P3054, or P3056: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305D or P305E: DC/DC Converter Crank Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3001, U3003, U3006-U3009, U3013, U3014, U3018, U3019, or U3500-U350B: Control Module, Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Stop/Start System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start Disable, Inhibit, and Restart Reasons
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (KL9)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (with KL9)
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (without KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Replacement (KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Module Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Fuse Block Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With out HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Junction Block Cable Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Bracket Replacement
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Stop/Start System Description and Operation (with KL9)
          • Notes
          • Autostop Criteria
          • Autostart Criteria
          • System Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Removal and Installation)
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Top View
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LKN)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4 (LTG)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5 (-HP4)
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X5
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X7
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X8
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Bottom View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2 (LFV/LTG)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X4
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X5
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6 (-HP4)
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X7
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel ()
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Label
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Top View
        • X51A Fuse Block - Instrument Panel, Wire Entry
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components
        • Driver Door Trim Components
        • Passenger Door Components
        • Passenger Door Trim Components
        • Left Rear Trim Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Trim Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front Fascia/Front Of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components
        • Radiator Support Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G100 (LFV+MNH)
        • G100 and G122 (LVF+MKE)
        • G101, G103, G108 and G110
        • G102 and G106
        • G112 (LTG)
        • G112 (LFV+MNH)
        • G112 and G120 (LFV+MKE)
        • G120 and G122 (LFV)
        • G120 and G122 (LTG)
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G302 and G303
        • G305
        • G401 and G402
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components - Upper
        • Instrument Panel Components - Lower
        • Instrument Panel Components - Rear side
        • Center Console Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Front
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Left Rear
        • Passenger Compartment Components - Right
        • Roof Components - Headliner
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Fuel Rail (LFV)
        • Engine Components - Left Rear (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Right Front (LTG)
        • Engine Components - Left Front (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Rear (LKN)
        • Engine Components - Right Rear (LKN)
        • Transmission Components (MKE)
        • Transmission Components (MNH)
        • Transmission - Case Components (MRC)
        • Transmission - Valve Body Components (MRC)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
      • Rear Of Vehicle Components/Luggage Compartment Views
        • Rear Of Vehicle Components
        • Rear Compartment Lid Components
        • Rear Fascia Components
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Left Side (without HP4)
        • Rear Compartment Components - Right Side
        • Rear Compartment Components - Front (HP4)
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Wheel Well Components - Front
        • Wheel Well Components - Rear
    • Power Outlets
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • 12 Volt DC Power Outlets and Wireless Charger (K4C)
          • 110V AC Power Outlet (KI6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mobile Device Wireless Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Mobile Device Wireless Charger Malfunction (with EL-51755)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction (12V)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction (110V)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • USB Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory AC and DC Power Control Module Replacement
        • Wireless Charging System Module Replacement
        • 120-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Mobile Device Wireless Charger Description and Operation
          • Mobile Device Wireless Charging System
          • Charging
          • Indicator
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • 12 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Description and Operation
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle System Description
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle System Operation
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Isolation Fault Protection
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Overload Shutdown
          • 110 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Internal Shutdown
          • USB Receptacle Description and Operation (USS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Push Button Start
          • Accessory Mode
          • Run/Start Mode
          • Vehicle in Service Mode
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode) (If Equipped)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
          • Serial Data Wake-Up
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Retained Accessory Power Relay Coil Control Circuit.
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Interruptible Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To B77R
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X4
        • A11 Radio X6 (U2K)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • A26 HVAC Controls
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X2 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X3 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X4 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X5 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X6 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X7 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X8 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X9 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X10 (HP4)
        • A98 Front Overhead Console Assembly
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7E Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B7J Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Upper (CJ2)
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19B Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LFV)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LKN/LTG)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LFV)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LKN/LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LTG)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LTG)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LFV)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LKN/LTG)
        • B35 Engine Oil Level Switch
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LFV)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LKN)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LFV)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN/LTG)
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B61P Seat Belt Tension Sensor - Passenger
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LFV)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LKN)
        • B68A Knock Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B68B Knock Sensor 2 (LFV/LTG)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LKN)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B77LF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Left Front
        • B77R Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Rear
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B77RF To K1 X2
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B77RF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Right Front
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B94LF Side Object Sensor - Left Front
        • B94LR Side Object Sensor - Left Rear
        • B94RF Side Object Sensor - Right Front
        • B94RR Side Object Sensor - Right Rear
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module (HP4)
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B111 Turbocharger Boost Sensor (LFV)
        • B130A Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 1
        • B130B Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 2
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor
        • B174W Frontview Camera - Windshield
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor (HP4)
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left
        • B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right
        • B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
        • B280 Automatic Transmission Accumulator Solenoid Valve
        • This template is applicable for any component connector end view within a publication that is delivered to GMNA beginning with MY 13 publications.
        • C1 Battery
        • C1 Battery (LTG)
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E1W Accent Lamp - Instrument Panel
        • E2LF Side Marker Lamp - Left Front
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RF Side Marker Lamp - Right Front
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E38 Flood Lamp - Center Console
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X1
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X2
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E55D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Pocket
        • E55P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Pocket
        • E63D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Handle
        • E63LR Flood Lamp - Left Rear Door Handle
        • E63P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Handle
        • E63RR Flood Lamp - Right Rear Door Handle
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X1
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X2
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X1 (AW7/AWF)
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X2 (AW7/AWF)
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LTG)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LFV/LKN)
        • G13 Generator X1 (LFV/LTG)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LFV)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LTG)
        • G14 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling Fan
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LFV/LTG)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LKN)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LTG)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump (LFV/LKN)
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K124 To S13D
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X1
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X2
        • K132 Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module
        • K177 Brake Booster Control Module
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X1
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X2
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X3
        • M6L Air Temperature Door Actuator - Left
        • M6R Air Temperature Door Actuator - Right
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M50D Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M51D Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
        • M51P Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
        • M53D Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Driver
        • M53P Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Passenger
        • M55D Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M55P Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
        • M56D Seat Recline Motor - Driver
        • M56P Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
        • M60A Active Grille Air Shutter 1 Motor Module
        • M60B Active Grille Air Shutter 2 Motor Module
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LTG)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LTG)
        • M69 Sunroof Motor
        • M73A Seat Blower Motor - Driver Back
        • M73B Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Back
        • M73C Seat Blower Motor - Driver Cushion
        • M73D Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Cushion
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AEC)
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AXG)
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M81 Sunroof Sunshade Motor (C3U)
        • M104L Park Brake Actuator - Left
        • M104R Park Brake Actuator - Right
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module X1
        • P17 Info Display Module X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • P19AA Speaker - Right Subwoofer
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AJ Speaker - Left Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AK Speaker - Right Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19B Speaker - Center Instrument Panel
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19N Speaker - Left Subwoofer
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • P48 Pedestrian Alert Sound Speaker
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LFV)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LKN)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LTG/LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LFV/LTG)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LTG)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve (LFV/LTG)
        • Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LFE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LKN)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LTG)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LFE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LKN)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LTG)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LFV)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LKN)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LTG)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LFV)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LKN)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LTG)
        • Q35 Exhaust Heat Exchanger Exhaust Bypass Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • Q44 Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
        • Q46 A/C Compressor Solenoid Valve
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • R14L Rear Window Defogger Noise Filter - Left
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X3 To K114B Pcm 2 X7
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LTG)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K32 Steering Wheel Heating Control Module (UVD)
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X4
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X1
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X3
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X5
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X6
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LTG/LFV)
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LFV)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LTG)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X5 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X7 (UE1)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X1
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X2
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X3 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X4 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X5 (IO5/IO6)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X1
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X2
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X3
        • K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 (HP4)
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X4
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X5
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X6
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X7
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 To K20 X3 LKN
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J69)
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J71)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LKN)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - S13P To X92
      • Component Connector End Views
        • S13P Door Lock Switch - Passenger
        • S25 Garage Door Opener
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S38 Ignition Mode Switch
        • S47D Seat Memory Switch - Driver (A45)
        • S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S64D Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
        • S64P Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger
        • S65D Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Driver (AL9)
        • S65P Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Passenger (AL9)
        • S70E Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Presets
        • S70F Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Volume
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (A45)
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (-A45)
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S146 Window/Outside Rearview Mirror Switch - Driver
        • T1 Accessory DC/AC Power Inverter Module (KI6)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LFV)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LKN)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LTG)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LFV)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LKN)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LFV)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LKN)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LFV)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LTG)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LKN)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (HP4)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (-HP4)
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X3 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X1 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X2 (IO6/UE1)
        • T19 Power Supply Transformer
        • T22 Mobile Device Wireless Charger Module
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X1
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80G Accessory Power Receptacle - Instrument Panel
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X1 (KI6)
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X2 (KI6)
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X92 USB Receptacle (USS)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B097B: Power Mode Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B097C: Power Mode Run/Start Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370 (Instrument Cluster): Control Module Ignition On and Start Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1451: Accessory Power Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305E: Interruptible RAP Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P156D: DC/DC Converter Ignition Switch Run/Start Position Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15B9 or P15BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305B or P305C: DC/DC Converter Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Mode Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Notes
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X110 To X209
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X110 Body Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X115 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness (-HP4)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LFV)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LKN)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LTG)
        • X118 Body Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness (VRI)
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness Harness (-VRI)
        • X120 Body Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X129 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LFV)
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LTG)
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Rail Harness
        • X166 Battery Disconnect Harness to A/C Compressor Harness (HP4)
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X209 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X210 To X404
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X210 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X211 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X212 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
        • X213 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Coax Harness
        • X214 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Harness (UE1)
        • X219 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X220 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X300 Instrument Panel Harness to Center Console Harness
        • X305 Instrument Panel Harness to Shift Lever Harness
        • X310 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X320 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X321 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Air Bag Jumper Harness ()
        • X322 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Side Air Bag Harness ()
        • X325 Body Harness to Windshield Sensor Harness
        • X337 Body Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • X350 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness ()
        • X400 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X404 Rear Bumper Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X405 To X920
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X405 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X407 Keyless Entry Antenna Harness to Body Harness (HP4)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J69)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J71)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (A45)
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (-A45)
        • X510 Driver Door Harness to Driver Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X605 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (UGE)
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (-UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (-UGE)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Wire to Wire Repair
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Battery Distribution Engine Compartment Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Fuse Block Replacement (HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Wiring Schematics And Wiring Harness Routing Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Harness Routing Views
          • Body Harness Routing - Engine Compartment - Left Side Engine Compartment (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Engine Compartment - Left Side Engine Compartment (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Enigne Compatment - Right Side Engine Compartment
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Left Front (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Front (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Front (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Front FLoor (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Rear (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Right Rear (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Passenger Compartment - Rear and Roof
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Left Side
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Right Side (HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment - Right Side (without HP4)
          • Body Harness Routing - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Body Harness Routing - Underbody - Right Rear
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing - Rear of Instrument Panel
        • How to Use Electrical Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (-HP4)
          • B+ Bus (1 of 2) (HP4)
          • B+ Bus (2 of 2)
          • F3UA, F8UA, F9UA, F10UA, F11UA, F15UA, F17UA, F18UA, F35UA, and F49UA Fuses
          • F19UA, F21UA, F32UA, F33UA, F34UA, F59UA and F81UA Fuses
          • F26UA, F27UA, F28UA, F30UA, F40UA, F43UA, F44UA and F46UA Fuses
          • F75UA, F76UA, F83UA, F84UA, F85UA, F88UA and F91UA Fuses
          • F6UA, F12UA, F13UA, F59UA, F65UA, F72UA and F74UA Fuses
          • F29UA Fuse
          • F5BA, F1DA, F2DA, F4DA, F5DA, F6DA, F7DA, F8DA, F16DA, F17DA, and F18DA Fuses
          • F10DA, F15DA, F38DA, F39DA, F40DA, F41DA, and F42DA Fuses
          • F6BA, F20DA, F21DA, F22DA, F23DA, F24DA, F25DA, F26DA, F27DA, F29DA, F30DA F31DA, F32DA, F33DA and F34DA Fuses
          • CB1DA, CB2DA, F36DA and F37DA
        • Power Moding Schematics
          • Ignition Mode Switch
          • Accessory Power and Retained Accessory Power Relay
          • Ignition Power and Ignition Main Relay (-HP4)
          • Ignition Power and Ignition Main Relay (HP4)
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
          • Ignition Lock
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
          • G100, G103, G106, G108, G112 and G404
          • G101
          • G102
          • G110, G122 and G303
          • G120
          • G201
          • G202 and G204
          • G203
          • G302
          • G305 (1 of 2)
          • G305 (2 of 2)
          • G401
          • G402
          • G406
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Starting (KL9)
          • Charging
          • Stop/Start System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device, Control Module, Battery, Fuel Injector
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B151C: Battery Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0561: System Voltage Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617 (KL9): Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P155E, P155F, or P156E: DC/DC Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15A3: Stop/Start Select Switch Circuit Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FF: Battery Monitor Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P058A-P058F, P16D4-P16D6, P16DC-P16DF, or P16E1-P16E3: Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P26E4-P26E6: Starter Drive Pinion Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3051, P3053, or P3055: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3052, P3054, or P3056: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305D or P305E: DC/DC Converter Crank Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3001, U3003, U3006-U3009, U3013, U3014, U3018, U3019, or U3500-U350B: Control Module, Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Stop/Start System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start Disable, Inhibit, and Restart Reasons
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (KL9)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (with KL9)
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (without KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Replacement (KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Module Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Fuse Block Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With out HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Junction Block Cable Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Bracket Replacement
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Stop/Start System Description and Operation (with KL9)
          • Notes
          • Autostop Criteria
          • Autostart Criteria
          • System Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Removal and Installation)
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Active BODYWORKS
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.5L VIN T
        • 1.8L VIN U
        • 2.0L VIN X
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 1.5L VIN T
        • 1.8L VIN U
        • 2.0L VIN X
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A7 To B77R
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X1 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • A11 Radio X2 (IOA)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IO5/IO6/IP1)
        • A11 Radio X3 (IP1)
        • A11 Radio X4
        • A11 Radio X6 (U2K)
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • A26 HVAC Controls
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X2 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X3 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X4 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X5 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X6 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X7 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X8 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X9 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X10 (HP4)
        • A98 Front Overhead Console Assembly
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7E Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B7J Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Right Upper (CJ2)
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B19B Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LFV)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LKN/LTG)
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust (LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LFV)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LKN/LTG)
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake (LTG)
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LKN)
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor (LTG)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LFV)
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (LKN/LTG)
        • B35 Engine Oil Level Switch
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LFV/LKN)
        • B37B Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LFV)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LKN)
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LFV)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN)
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 (LKN/LTG)
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B61P Seat Belt Tension Sensor - Passenger
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LFV)
        • B68 Knock Sensor (LKN)
        • B68A Knock Sensor 1 (LTG)
        • B68B Knock Sensor 2 (LFV/LTG)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LKN)
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (LTG)
        • B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
        • B77LF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Left Front
        • B77R Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Rear
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B77RF To K1 X2
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B77RF Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone - Right Front
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer
        • B80 Park Brake Switch
        • B87 Rearview Camera
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B94LF Side Object Sensor - Left Front
        • B94LR Side Object Sensor - Left Rear
        • B94RF Side Object Sensor - Right Front
        • B94RR Side Object Sensor - Right Rear
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module (HP4)
        • B110 Battery Sensor Module
        • B111B Turbocharger Boost/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B111 Turbocharger Boost Sensor (LFV)
        • B130A Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 1
        • B130B Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 2
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor
        • B174W Frontview Camera - Windshield
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor (HP4)
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left
        • B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right
        • B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
        • B280 Automatic Transmission Accumulator Solenoid Valve
        • This template is applicable for any component connector end view within a publication that is delivered to GMNA beginning with MY 13 publications.
        • C1 Battery
        • C1 Battery (LTG)
        • C3 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Battery
        • E1W Accent Lamp - Instrument Panel
        • E2LF Side Marker Lamp - Left Front
        • E2LR Side Marker Lamp - Left Rear
        • E2RF Side Marker Lamp - Right Front
        • E2RR Side Marker Lamp - Right Rear
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AL Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Left Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (UD5/UFQ)
        • E4AM Park/Daytime Running Lamp - Right Lower (-UD5/UFQ)
        • E4G Headlamp - Left Low Beam
        • E4H Headlamp - Right Low Beam
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E5A Backup Lamp - Left
        • E5B Backup Lamp - Right
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E8S Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E38 Flood Lamp - Center Console
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X1
        • E40 Electrical Auxiliary Heater X2
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E55D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Pocket
        • E55P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Pocket
        • E63D Flood Lamp - Driver Door Handle
        • E63LR Flood Lamp - Left Rear Door Handle
        • E63P Flood Lamp - Passenger Door Handle
        • E63RR Flood Lamp - Right Rear Door Handle
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106D Seat Side Air Bag - Driver
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X1
        • F106LR Seat Side Air Bag - Left Rear X2
        • F106P Seat Side Air Bag - Passenger
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X1 (AW7/AWF)
        • F106RR Seat Side Air Bag - Right Rear X2 (AW7/AWF)
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LTG)
        • G10 Cooling Fan Motor (LFV/LKN)
        • G13 Generator X1 (LFV/LTG)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LFV)
        • G13 Generator X2 (LTG)
        • G14 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling Fan
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LFV/LTG)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LKN)
        • G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump (LTG)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump (LFV/LKN)
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K124 To S13D
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X1
        • K124 Active Safety Control Module X2
        • K132 Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module
        • K177 Brake Booster Control Module
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X1
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X2
        • K182 Parking Assist Control Module X3
        • M6L Air Temperature Door Actuator - Left
        • M6R Air Temperature Door Actuator - Right
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M40 Rear Compartment Lid Latch
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M50D Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M51D Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
        • M51P Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
        • M53D Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Driver
        • M53P Seat Lumbar Support Motor - Passenger
        • M55D Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
        • M55P Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
        • M56D Seat Recline Motor - Driver
        • M56P Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
        • M60A Active Grille Air Shutter 1 Motor Module
        • M60B Active Grille Air Shutter 2 Motor Module
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X1 (LTG)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LFV)
        • M64 Starter Motor X2 (LTG)
        • M69 Sunroof Motor
        • M73A Seat Blower Motor - Driver Back
        • M73B Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Back
        • M73C Seat Blower Motor - Driver Cushion
        • M73D Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Cushion
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AEC)
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver (AXG)
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M81 Sunroof Sunshade Motor (C3U)
        • M104L Park Brake Actuator - Left
        • M104R Park Brake Actuator - Right
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module X1
        • P17 Info Display Module X2 (IO5/IO6)
        • P19AA Speaker - Right Subwoofer
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQA)
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door (UQF)
        • P19AJ Speaker - Left Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AK Speaker - Right Rear Window Shelf
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQA)
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door (UQF)
        • P19B Speaker - Center Instrument Panel
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19N Speaker - Left Subwoofer
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P43 Collision Alert Indicators
        • P48 Pedestrian Alert Sound Speaker
        • Q2 A/C Compressor Clutch
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LFV)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LKN)
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust (LTG/LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LFV/LTG)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LKN)
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake (LTG)
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve (LFV/LTG)
        • Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LFE)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LKN)
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1 (LTG)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LFE)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LKN)
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2 (LTG)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LFV)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LKN)
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3 (LTG)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LFV)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LKN)
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4 (LTG)
        • Q35 Exhaust Heat Exchanger Exhaust Bypass Valve
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q40 Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve
        • Q42 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • Q44 Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
        • Q46 A/C Compressor Solenoid Valve
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • R14L Rear Window Defogger Noise Filter - Left
        • S13D Door Lock Switch - Driver
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K20 X3 To K114B Pcm 2 X7
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LTG)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1 (KA1)
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2 (KA1)
        • K32 Steering Wheel Heating Control Module (UVD)
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X4
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X1
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X2
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X3
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X5
        • K40 Seat Memory Control Module X6
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LTG/LFV)
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LFV)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module (LTG)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X5 (UE1)
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X7 (UE1)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X1
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X2
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X3 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X4 (IO4/IO5/IO6)
        • K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module X5 (IO5/IO6)
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2
        • K85 Passenger Presence Module
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X1
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X2
        • K108 Active Noise Cancellation Module X3
        • K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 (HP4)
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 (HP4)
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2 (HP4)
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1 (HP4)
        • A28 Hybrid/EV Battery Contactor Assembly X1 (HP4)
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X4
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X5
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X6
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X7
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 To K20 X3 LKN
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X1
        • K9 Body Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J69)
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module (J71)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LKN)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 (LTG)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LFV)
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 (LKN)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - S13P To X92
      • Component Connector End Views
        • S13P Door Lock Switch - Passenger
        • S25 Garage Door Opener
        • S26 Hazard Warning Switch
        • S30 Headlamp Switch
        • S33 Horn Switch X1
        • S33 Horn Switch X2
        • S38 Ignition Mode Switch
        • S47D Seat Memory Switch - Driver (A45)
        • S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel
        • S58A Rear Compartment Lid Unlatch Switch - Exterior
        • S64D Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
        • S64P Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger
        • S65D Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Driver (AL9)
        • S65P Seat Lumbar Support Switch - Passenger (AL9)
        • S70E Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Presets
        • S70F Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Radio Volume
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (A45)
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger (-A45)
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S146 Window/Outside Rearview Mirror Switch - Driver
        • T1 Accessory DC/AC Power Inverter Module (KI6)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LFV)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LKN)
        • T8A Ignition Coil 1 (LTG)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LFV)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LKN)
        • T8B Ignition Coil 2 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LFV)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LTG)
        • T8C Ignition Coil 3 (LKN)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LFV)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LTG)
        • T8D Ignition Coil 4 (LKN)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (HP4)
        • T10E Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment (-HP4)
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X3 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X1 (IO6/UE1)
        • T15 Navigation Antenna Signal Splitter X2 (IO6/UE1)
        • T19 Power Supply Transformer
        • T22 Mobile Device Wireless Charger Module
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X1
        • T23 Radio Antenna Amplifier X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80G Accessory Power Receptacle - Instrument Panel
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X1 (KI6)
        • X81 Accessory Power Receptacle - 110V AC X2 (KI6)
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X1
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input X2
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X92 USB Receptacle (USS)
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X110 To X209
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X110 Body Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • X115 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness
        • X116 Front Fascia Harness to Body Harness (-HP4)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LFV)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LKN)
        • X117 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (LTG)
        • X118 Body Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness (VRI)
        • X119 Body Harness to Lower Grille Harness Harness (-VRI)
        • X120 Body Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • X129 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LFV)
        • X156 Engine Harness to Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Jumper Harness (LTG)
        • X160 Engine Harness to Fuel Rail Harness
        • X166 Battery Disconnect Harness to A/C Compressor Harness (HP4)
        • X206 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Air Bag Jumper Harness
        • X209 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X210 To X404
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X210 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X211 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X212 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
        • X213 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Coax Harness
        • X214 Body Harness to Instrument Panel Harness (UE1)
        • X219 Instrument Panel Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X220 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X300 Instrument Panel Harness to Center Console Harness
        • X305 Instrument Panel Harness to Shift Lever Harness
        • X310 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X320 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • X321 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Air Bag Jumper Harness ()
        • X322 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Side Air Bag Harness ()
        • X325 Body Harness to Windshield Sensor Harness
        • X337 Body Harness to Sunroof Harness
        • X350 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness ()
        • X400 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X404 Rear Bumper Harness to Body Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X405 To X920
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X405 Body Harness to Headliner Harness
        • X407 Keyless Entry Antenna Harness to Body Harness (HP4)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J69)
        • X408 Rear Chassis Harness to Body Harness (J71)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X410 Tail Lamp - Left Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (UGE)
        • X420 Tail Lamp - Right Harness to Body Harness (-UGE)
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (A45)
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness (-A45)
        • X510 Driver Door Harness to Driver Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X605 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness
        • X610 Passenger Door Harness to Passenger Outside Rearview Mirror Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (UGE)
        • X910 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Left Harness (-UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (UGE)
        • X920 Body Harness to Rear Compartment Tail Lamp - Right Harness (-UGE)
• Engine Mechanical
  • Blowers, Superchargers & Turbochargers
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Heating/Cooling Wiring Schematics
          • Cooling Fan (LFV/LKN)
          • Cooling Fan (LTG)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P00B3 or P00B4: Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT) Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B7: Engine Coolant Flow Insufficient
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0480, P0691, or P0692 (LTG): Cooling Fan Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0480, P0691, or P0692 (LFV/ LKN): Cooling Fan Speed Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0597-P0599: Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P112F: Radiator Coolant Temperature Sensor Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1485-P1487: Cooling Fan Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2181: Engine Cooling System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
          • Symptom List
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (LFV or LKN)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (LTG)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Cooling System Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Cooling System Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hose Clamp Replacement Guidelines - Spring Type
          • Notes
          • Spring Type Hose Clamp Replacement Guidelines
          • Removing The Spring Type Hose Clamp
          • If The Spring Type Hose Clamp Is Being Reused
          • If The Spring Type Hose Clamp Is Being Replaced
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Radiator Surge Tank Replacement (LFV)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Replacement (LTG)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Replacement (LKN)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LFV)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LTG)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LFV)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LTG)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Fan Wiring Harness Replacement (LFV LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Fan Wiring Harness Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Lower Bracket Replacement - Left Side
        • Radiator Lower Bracket Replacement - Right Side
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement (Left Side)
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement (Right Side)
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement - Left Side
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement - Right Side
        • Engine Oil Cooler Replacement (LFV)
        • Engine Oil Cooler Replacement (with Housing, LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Replacement (LKN)
        • Engine Coolant Fan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Fan Heat Shield Replacement (LTG)
        • Turbocharger Coolant Feed Pipe Replacement (LFV)
        • Turbocharger Coolant Feed Pipe Replacement (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe Replacement (LFV)
        • Thermostat Bypass Hose Replacement (LFV)
        • Thermostat Bypass Hose Replacement (LKN)
        • Water Pump Inlet Pipe Replacement (LKN)
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LTG)
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LFV)
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LKN)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Replacement (LTG)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (LTG)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose (Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe to Radiator Surge Tank, LFV)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe to Water Outlet, LFV)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (LTG Engine Coolant Air Bleed Pipe to Radiator Surge Tank)
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (LKN Radiator Surge Tank to Water Outlet to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Outlet Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Replacement (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipe Replacement (LFV)
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipe Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Pulley Replacement (LKN)
        • Water Pump Replacement (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LKN)
        • Water Pump Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Housing Replacement (LFV)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Radiator (LFV LTG)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Radiator (LKN)
        • Radiator Drain Cock Replacement
        • Radiator Replacement (LTG)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LFV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Lower Insulator Replacement
        • Radiator Air Baffle Replacement (LKN)
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement (LFV LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement (LFV LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Seal Replacement (LFV LTG)
        • Airbag Front End Discriminating Sensor Duct Replacement (LTG)
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LTG)
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (LTG)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Brace Replacement (LTG)
      • Exhaust Front Pipe Replacement (LTG)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Front Pipe Replacement (LFV)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Front Pipe Replacement (LKN)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Rear Muffler Insulator Replacement
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement (LTG)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement (LFV)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement (LKN)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Brace Bracket Replacement (LTG)
      • Catalytic Converter Brace Bracket Replacement (Lower LFV)
      • Catalytic Converter Brace Bracket Replacement (Upper LFV)
      • Exhaust Front Bracket Replacement (LKN)
      • Exhaust Rear Bracket Replacement (LKN)
      • Exhaust Pipe Front Hanger Bracket Replacement
      • Exhaust Heat Exchanger Replacement (LKN)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Replacement (Dual Exhaust)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Replacement (Single Exhaust)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (LTG)
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (LKN)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement (LKN)
      • Exhaust Intermediate Underbody Heat Shield Replacement
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LTG)
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Fuel System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • Manual Oil Life System Reset
          • Automatic Oil Life System Reset
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (With Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • (If applicable)With Scan Tool
  • Engine Mechanical - 1.5L (LFV)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Approximate Fluid Capacities
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Rear View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right Side View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left Side View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Side View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Engine Mechanical Wiring Schematics
        • Engine Oil Level and Pressure Control
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
        • Cylinder Head and Components - Part 1
        • Cylinder Head and Components - Part 2
        • Drive Belt Accessory Components
        • Engine Block and Components
        • Engine Front Cover and Components
        • Turbocharger and Components
        • Water Pump and Components
        • Intake Manifold and Components
        • Oil Pan and Components
        • Timing Chain and Components
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC P06DA-P06DE: Engine Oil Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Notes
        • Procedure
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Measurement Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Special Tools
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Water Pump, Air Conditioning Compressor, and Generator Belt Replacement
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
      • Camshaft Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intake Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Oil Nozzle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Tube Replacement (Fresh Air)
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Tube Replacement (Foul Air)
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement (Fresh Air)
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Replacement (Secondary Foul)
      • Timing Chain Upper Guide Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Guide Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Heat Shield Replacement
      • Turbocharger Oil Feed Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Oil Return Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turbocharger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
      • Upper Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intake Manifold Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor Reluctor Ring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
      • Crankshaft Sprocket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Lift Front Bracket Replacement
      • Engine Lift Rear Bracket Replacement (Rear of Head)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Lift Rear Bracket Replacement (Front of Head)
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Front Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Powertrain Mount Balancing
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Mount Brace Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Mount Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Upper Oil Pan Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Oil Pan Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pump Flow Control Solenoid Valve Replacement
      • Engine Wiring Harness Replacement - Oil Pan to Oil Pump Flow Control Solenoid Valve
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pump Drive Chain Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pump Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Support Fixture
    • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
      • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Removal
      • Turbocharger Removal
      • Engine Oil Cooler Removal
      • Water Pump Removal
      • Throttle Body Assembly Removal
      • Intake Manifold Removal
      • Fuel Pump Removal
      • Engine Lift and Sight Shield Bracket Removal
      • Water Outlet Removal
      • Vacuum Pump Removal
      • Ignition Coil Removal
      • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
      • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Camshaft Cover and Gasket Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Components Removal
      • Oil Pan Removal
      • Engine Front Cover Removal
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Removal
      • Intake and Exhaust Camshaft, Bearing Cap, and Lash Adjuster Removal
        • Camshaft Actuator Removal
        • Camshaft Bearings and Camshaft Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Lash Adjuster Removal
      • Cylinder Head Removal
      • Oil Pump Drive Chain and Oil Pump Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Chain and Crankshaft Sprocket Removal
        • Oil Pump Assembly Removal
      • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Removal
      • Lower Crankcase Removal
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Removal
      • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Intake and Exhaust Valve Removal
        • Cylinder Head Oil Gallery Plugs, Turbocharger Studs, Spark Plugs, and Engine Oil Manifold Check Valve Removal
      • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Measurement
        • Valve Spring Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Deck Flatness Inspection
        • Camshaft Journal Clearance
        • Camshaft Journal Alignment
      • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Valve Measurement and Reconditioning Overview
        • Valve Seat Width Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Seat Roundness Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Head O.D. and Chamfer Measurement Procedure
        • Valve-to-Seat Concentricity Measurement Procedure
        • Valve and Seat Reconditioning Procedure
        • Valve Stem Height Measurement Procedure
      • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Cylinder Head Oil Gallery Plugs, Turbocharger Studs, Spark Plugs, and Engine Oil Manifold Check Valve Installation
        • Intake and Exhaust Valve Installation
      • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Upper Engine Block Disassemble
        • Lower Crankcase Disassemble
      • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Measuring Cylinder Bore Diameter
        • Measuring Cylinder Bore Taper
        • Measuring Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round
        • Deck Flatness Inspection
      • Engine Block Assemble
        • Lower Crankcase Assemble
        • Upper Engine Block Assemble
      • Fuel Injector and Fuel Injector Bore Cleaning and Inspection
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston Cleaning Procedure
        • Piston Inspection Procedure
        • Piston Measurement Procedure
        • Piston Ring Measurement Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Cleaning Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Visual Inspection Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
      • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Camshaft Measurement
      • Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection
      • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
      • Oil Pump Drive Chain Tensioner and Oil Pump Drive Chain Cleaning and Inspection
      • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
      • Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection
        • Turbocharger and Components Cleaning and Inspection
        • Turbocharger Coolant Feed/Return Pipe Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection
        • Turbocharger Oil Feed/Return Pipe Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection
      • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
      • Service Prior to Assembly
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Installation
      • Lower Crankcase Installation
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
      • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Installation
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
      • Oil Pump Drive Chain and Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Crankshaft Sprocket and Oil Pump Drive Chain Installation
      • Cylinder Head Installation
      • Intake and Exhaust Camshaft, Bearing Cap, and Lash Adjuster Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Lash Adjuster Installation
        • Camshaft Bearings and Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft Actuator Installation
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Installation
      • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Engine Front Cover and Components Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
      • Oil Pan Installation
      • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Components Installation - Bottom
        • Camshaft Cover Components Installation - Top
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
      • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injector Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Combustion Seal Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Coil Installation
      • Vacuum Pump Installation
      • Water Outlet Installation
      • Engine Lift and Sight Shield Bracket Installation
      • Fuel Pump Installation
      • Intake Manifold Installation
      • Throttle Body Assembly Installation
      • Water Pump Installation
      • Engine Oil Cooler Installation
      • Turbocharger Installation
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Installation
      • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Oil Filter Installation
      • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Description
      • Turbocharger System Description
        • Turbocharger Description and Operation
        • Wastegate Solenoid Valve
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Closed
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Open
        • Bypass Solenoid Valve (Compressor Recirculation Valve)
        • Charge Air Cooler
      • Separating Parts
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Notes
        • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealant
        • Cleaning Mating Part Surfaces for RTV Joints
        • Typical Applications
        • Materials Needed
        • Sealant Types
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting
          • Starting (KL9)
          • Charging
          • Stop/Start System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1327-B1330, B1395, B1415, B1424, B1425, B1439, B1517, C0800, C0805, C0870, C0880, C0895, C0899, C0900, P0560, P0562, P0563, P0611, P129B, P129C, P15AE, or P15AF: Device, Control Module, Battery, Fuel Injector
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Battery Capacity Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B151C: Battery Sensor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0561: System Voltage Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617 (KL9): Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0615, P0616, or P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P155E, P155F, or P156E: DC/DC Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15A3: Stop/Start Select Switch Circuit Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FF: Battery Monitor Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P058A-P058F, P16D4-P16D6, P16DC-P16DF, or P16E1-P16E3: Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P26E4-P26E6: Starter Drive Pinion Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3051, P3053, or P3055: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P3052, P3054, or P3056: DC/DC Converter Actuator Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P305D or P305E: DC/DC Converter Crank Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U3001, U3003, U3006-U3009, U3013, U3014, U3018, U3019, or U3500-U350B: Control Module, Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Stop/Start System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop/Start Disable, Inhibit, and Restart Reasons
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click (KL9)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (with KL9)
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (without KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Replacement (KL9)
        • Battery Sensor Module Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Fuse Block Bracket Replacement
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement (With out HP4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Junction Block Cable Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Replacement
        • Multifunction Power Supply Converter Bracket Replacement
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Low Start Vehicle Message
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amperage Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Head lamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Tow/Haul Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Stop/Start System Description and Operation (with KL9)
          • Notes
          • Autostop Criteria
          • Autostart Criteria
          • System Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Removal and Installation)
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Ignition System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Mode 6 - Gm
    • Introduction
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U1500
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P060A-P060C, P062F, P16E9-P16F0, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Wake-Up Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E, P1E94, P1E9A, P1EA0, or P1FBD-P1FC0: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P24EF, P24F0, or P24F1: Control Module Wake-up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0028: MOST Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC U0029: MOST Bus Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off, CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus with HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus without HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0075: Control Module Communication Object Detection CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (without HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (with HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A0: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A1: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A2: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A3: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A4: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A5: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A6: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 7
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A7: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 8
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01B0: Lost Communication with Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0600 - U06FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1026: Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1340-U135F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • High Pressure Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Camshaft Position Actuator System Operation
          • Intake Camshaft Mid Park Lock (if Equipped)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
            • Edit to add FLVV info below. Necessary to reorder call-outs from #8 on because of art work call out directions. Must be in a clockwise numeric order.
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Modes Of Operation
        • Turbocharger System Description
          • Turbocharger Description and Operation
          • Wastegate Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Closed
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Open
          • Bypass Solenoid Valve (Compressor Recirculation Valve)
          • Charge Air Cooler
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Delco Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0336
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, or P2088-P2091: Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141: HO2S Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0033-P0035: Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0068 or P1101: Throttle Body Air Flow Performance, Intake Air Flow System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0089, P00C6, P228C, or P228D: Fuel Pressure Regulator, Fuel Rail Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0090-P0092, P00C8, P00C9, or P00CA: Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0096 or P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0097, P0098, or P0099: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00C7: Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00E9: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00EA-P00EC: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00F4-P00F6: Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Frequency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118, or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135: Throttle Position Sensors, Sensor Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138: HO2S Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, or P2271: HO2S
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0191: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 1 Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, or P126F: Fuel Temperature Sensor, Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201-P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, or P2157: Cylinder Injector Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0234 or P0299: Engine Overboost, Engine Underboost
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0236: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0237 or P0238: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0243, P0245, or P0246: Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232, or P023F: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Misfire Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326, or P06B6: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - DTC P0340 To DTC P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366: Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P034A or P034B: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351 - P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, or P2310: Ignition Coil
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451 - P0454: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non - Purge
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0506 or P0507: Idle Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P050D: Cold Start Rough Idle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P057B - P057E: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601 - P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3, or P262B: Control Module,
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0627 - P0629: Fuel Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2: 5V Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A, or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685 - P0687, P0689, P0690, or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay, Ignition 1 Switch Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P111E: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255: Fuel Pump Control Module Driver High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P128A - P128D, P128F, P16E4, or P16E5: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor, Sensor Communication Circuit 3 Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129B or P129C: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129D: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129E or P12A8: Fuel Pump Driver Control Status Signal Message Counter Incorrect, Fuel Pump Control Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P12A6: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Enable Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P135A: Ignition Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Bank 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P150C: Transmission Control Module Engine Speed Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176: Throttle Actuator, Throttle Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P163A: Control Module Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control System Circuitry Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16A7, P16AF, or P16B3: Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Limit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2199: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 - 2 Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2227 - P2230: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2261: Turbocharger Bypass Valve Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2544: Transmission Torque Request Circuit Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2618: Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
          • Symptoms Testing
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants - in - Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Updating the Inspection/Maintenance Emission System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Service Bay Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and MIL
          • 5V1, 5V2 and Low Reference Bus (1 of 3)
          • 5V3, 5V4, 5V5 and Low Reference Bus (2 of 3)
          • Low Reference Bus (3 of 3)
          • Engine Data Sensors - Pressure and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle Controls and Override
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition System
          • Ignition Controls - Camshaft Solenoids and Ignition Sensors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors and High Pressure Control
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission and Turbocharger Controls
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
        • Special Tools (Mechanical Tools)
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U1500
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P060A-P060C, P062F, P16E9-P16F0, or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Wake-Up Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E, P1E94, P1E9A, P1EA0, or P1FBD-P1FC0: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P24EF, P24F0, or P24F1: Control Module Wake-up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0028: MOST Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC U0029: MOST Bus Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: Control Module Communication Bus A Off, CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus with HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0074 (Powertrain Expansion Bus without HP4): Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion CAN Bus Off Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0075: Control Module Communication Object Detection CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed CAN Bus Off
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (without HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF (with HP4): Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A0: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A1: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A2: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A3: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A4: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A5: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A6: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 7
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01A7: Lost Communication with Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 8
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U01B0: Lost Communication with Battery Monitor Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0600 - U06FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1026: Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1340-U135F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • High Pressure Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Camshaft Position Actuator System Operation
          • Intake Camshaft Mid Park Lock (if Equipped)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
            • Edit to add FLVV info below. Necessary to reorder call-outs from #8 on because of art work call out directions. Must be in a clockwise numeric order.
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Modes Of Operation
        • Turbocharger System Description
          • Turbocharger Description and Operation
          • Wastegate Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Closed
            • Turbocharger Wastegate Open
          • Bypass Solenoid Valve (Compressor Recirculation Valve)
          • Charge Air Cooler
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Delco Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0336
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, or P2088-P2091: Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Camshaft Position System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141: HO2S Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0033-P0035: Turbocharger Bypass Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0068 or P1101: Throttle Body Air Flow Performance, Intake Air Flow System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0089, P00C6, P228C, or P228D: Fuel Pressure Regulator, Fuel Rail Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0090-P0092, P00C8, P00C9, or P00CA: Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0096 or P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0097, P0098, or P0099: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00C7: Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00E9: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00EA-P00EC: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 3 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00F4-P00F6: Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Frequency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118, or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135: Throttle Position Sensors, Sensor Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138: HO2S Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, or P2271: HO2S
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0191: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 1 Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, or P126F: Fuel Temperature Sensor, Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201-P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, or P2157: Cylinder Injector Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0234 or P0299: Engine Overboost, Engine Underboost
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0236: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0237 or P0238: Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0243, P0245, or P0246: Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232, or P023F: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Misfire Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326, or P06B6: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - DTC P0340 To DTC P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366: Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P034A or P034B: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351 - P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, or P2310: Ignition Coil
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451 - P0454: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non - Purge
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0506 or P0507: Idle Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P050D: Cold Start Rough Idle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P057B - P057E: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601 - P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3, or P262B: Control Module,
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0627 - P0629: Fuel Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2: 5V Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A, or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685 - P0687, P0689, P0690, or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay, Ignition 1 Switch Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P111E: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255: Fuel Pump Control Module Driver High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P128A - P128D, P128F, P16E4, or P16E5: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor, Sensor Communication Circuit 3 Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129B or P129C: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129D: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P129E or P12A8: Fuel Pump Driver Control Status Signal Message Counter Incorrect, Fuel Pump Control Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P12A6: Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Enable Circuit Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P135A: Ignition Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Bank 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P150C: Transmission Control Module Engine Speed Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176: Throttle Actuator, Throttle Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P163A: Control Module Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control System Circuitry Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16A7, P16AF, or P16B3: Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Limit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2199: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 - 2 Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2227 - P2230: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2261: Turbocharger Bypass Valve Stuck
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2544: Transmission Torque Request Circuit Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2618: Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
          • Symptoms Testing
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants - in - Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Updating the Inspection/Maintenance Emission System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Condition for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Service Bay Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data and MIL
          • 5V1, 5V2 and Low Reference Bus (1 of 3)
          • 5V3, 5V4, 5V5 and Low Reference Bus (2 of 3)
          • Low Reference Bus (3 of 3)
          • Engine Data Sensors - Pressure and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle Controls and Override
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition System
          • Ignition Controls - Camshaft Solenoids and Ignition Sensors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors and High Pressure Control
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission and Turbocharger Controls
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
        • Special Tools (Mechanical Tools)
  • Tune-Up
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Engine Controls and Fuel
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Throttle or Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Throttle Learn
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (At Tank)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Vent Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Protector Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Hose Replacement
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Feed Front Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Pipe Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Intake Manifold to Purge Solenoid Valve)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Tube Replacement (Purge Solenoid Valve to Evaporative Emission Front Pipe)
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement (Engine to Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
        • Vacuum Pump Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Pump Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Inlet Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Charge Air Cooler Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Intake Air Duct Replacement
        • Turbocharger Air Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Turbocharger Bypass Valve Solenoid Replacement
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator)
          • Wastegate Solenoid to Actuator
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Inlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Inlet to Solenoid
        • Turbocharger Wastegate Regulator Solenoid Valve Hose Replacement (Compressor Outlet to Solenoid)
          • Compressor Outlet to Solenoid
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Active Noise Cancellation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes - Except Hybrid
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes - Hybrid (Hp4)
    • Automatic Transmission - 5ET50 (MKE) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - AISIN AF50-8 (MRC) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Except Hybrid - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Hybrid (Hp4) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bumpers And Fascias - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.5L (LFV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.8L (LKN) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 2.0L (LTG) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 1.5L (LFV) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 1.8L (LKN) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Mechanical - 2.0L (LTG) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Automatic - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Manual - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Controls - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV System Heating And Cooling - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Function System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Mirror System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System - Park Assist System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Parking Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Seat System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Sunroof System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
          • Text Format and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
          • Text Format and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Dangers, Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Danger, Warning, Caution, and Note
          • Notes
          • DANGER Defined
          • WARNING Defined
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTE or IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Warning
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Warning
        • Assistant Driving Warning
        • Battery Disconnect Warning
        • Brake Dust Warning
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Warning
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Warning
        • Cleaning Solvent Warning
        • Collision Sectioning Warning
        • Cracked Window Warning
        • Defroster Outlet Warning
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Warning
        • Exhaust Service Warning
        • Express Window Down Warning
        • Eye Protection Warning
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Warning
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning
        • Fuel Gauge Leak Warning
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Warning
        • Fuel Storage Warning
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Warning
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Warning
        • Halogen Bulb Warning
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Warning
        • Hot Exhaust System Warning
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Warning
        • Parking Brake and Drive Wheels Warning
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Warning
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hold-Open Device Warning
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Warning
        • Road Test Warning
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Warning
        • Safety Glasses Warning
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Warning
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Warning
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Warning
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Warning
        • SIR Special Tool Warning
        • SIR Warning
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Warning
        • Transmission Shift Control Warning
        • Window Retention Warning
        • Work Stall Test Warning
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Caution
        • Ball Stud Removal Caution
        • Battery Energy Control Module Connector Caution
        • Belt Dressing Caution
        • Brake Caliper Caution
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Caution
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Caution
        • Collision Repair Anchoring Caution
        • Component Fastener Tightening Caution
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Reluctor Ring Caution
        • Drive Axle Caution
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Pivot Bolt Caution
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Caution
        • Fastener Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution
        • Fuel Rail Removal Caution
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Caution
        • HVAC Module Drain Tube Caution
        • Paint Damage Caution
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Caution
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Caution
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Caution
        • Sealant Caution
        • Seal Reuse Caution
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution
        • Starter Motor Alignment Caution
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Caution
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Caution
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Caution
        • Test Probe Caution
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Caution
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Caution
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Caution
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Caution
        • Transmission Overfill Caution
        • Valve Lifter Priming Caution
        • Window Edge Damage Caution
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
          • Text Format and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic System Check Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (LFV or LTG)
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non Emissions Related DTCs
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (LKN)
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptom Byte List
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • Body Repair
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission
        • Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Scan Tool Data - ASC Module To Brake Control Module
      • Specifications
        • Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Audio Amplifier Scan Tool Information
        • Body Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Brake Booster Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Seat Memory Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information (Without HP4)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information (With HP4)
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Scan Tool Data ECM To TCM
      • Specifications
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Scan Tool Information
        • Front View Camera Module Scan Tool Information
        • Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Controls Scan Tool Information
        • Human Machine Interface Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Scan Tool Information
        • Instrument Cluster Scan Tool Information
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Motor Control Module 1 Scan Tool Information
        • Motor Control Module 2 Scan Tool Information
        • Parking Assist Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Power Steering Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Scan Tool Information
        • Radio Scan Tool Information (with IO5/IO6)
        • Radio Scan Tool Information (with IOA/IP1)
        • Side Object Sensor Module Scan Tool Information
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Transmission Control Module Scan Tool Information (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
        • K71 Transmission Control Module: Scan Tool Information (AF50-8)
    • Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Vibration Diagnosis, Starting Point, and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (EL-38792-A Electronic Vibration Analyzer)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (CH-51450-NVH Oscilloscope)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire Rotational Speed
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
          • Notes
          • Tire Wear
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Variation
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
            • Notes
            • Vibration Cycles in Powertrain Components
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Oscilloscope Diagnostic Kit Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Oscilloscope Inputs
          • NVH Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope NVH Display
          • Oscilloscope Balancing
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (1 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Active Noise Cancellation Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Active Safety Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Active Safety Control Module or Reprogram Active Safety Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Battery Charger Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Booster Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup (6T30/6T40/6T45/6T50)
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Power Inverter Module - MCVM Operations
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Following Replacement of Windshield
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Seat Heating Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Human Machine Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • HVAC Controls Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Programming an Existing or New Control Module
          • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Programming an Existing or New Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU
          • Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Radar Sensor Module - Long Range or Reprogram Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Pedestrian Alert Sound Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program ECU
          • Reprogram ECU
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup (NJ1)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Control Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Vehicles Without RPO Code IOA
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Reference Information
            • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
            • XM Activation (If Equipped)
            • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
            • Valet Mode Reset
          • Vehicles With RPO Code IOA
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Reference Information
            • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
            • XM Activation (If Equipped)
            • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
            • Valet Mode Reset
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Seat Memory Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Side Object Sensor Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Steering Wheel Heat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (CF5)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure For an Existing Drive Assembly:
          • If the Process is interrupted right at the hard stop:
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (C3U)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Initialization/Teach Procedure/First Time Installation For a New Drive Assembly:
          • Sunroof/Sunshade Re-Initialization/Teach Procedure/Reinstallation For an Existing Drive Assembly:
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • K71 Transmission Control Module: Programming and Setup (AF50-8)
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Programming an Existing Control Module
          • Programming a New Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Model Coverage
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Notes
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Using Driver Information Center (DIC)
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Sensor Removal
          • Sensor Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Text Formats and Symbols
          • Text Format and Symbols
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Free Wheeling)
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding (Non Free Wheeling)
        • Lock Cylinder Coding - Ignition
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Handling of Refrigerant Lines and Fittings
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Visual Inspection
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Electric Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
        • A/C Diagnostics Chart
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Oil Diagnosis
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging (Non-Hybrid)
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging (Hybrid)
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • ACR2000 (GE-48800) Hose Flush Procedure
          • ACR2000 (GE-48800) A/C System Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning and Drive Motor Battery Cooling Compressor Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Replacement (LFV)
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Replacement (LKN)
        • Air Conditioning System Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning O-Ring Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Hose Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Hose Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Condenser Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Tube Replacement (LFV, LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Tube Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver and Dehydrator Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LFV)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LKN)
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Replacement (LFV, LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Bracket Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Bracket Replacement (LFV, LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Module Removal and Installation (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Module Removal and Installation (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Upper Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Lower Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Evaporator Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Lower Case Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Lower Case Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Upper Case Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Upper Case Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Module Drain Hose Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LFV)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LTG)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LFV)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LTG)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Coolant Pump Replacement (LFV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Coolant Pump Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Coolant Pump Hose Replacement (Inlet)
        • Heater Coolant Pump Hose Replacement (Outlet)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Coolant Pump Hose Replacement (Pump Inlet LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Coolant Pump Hose Replacement (Pump Outlet LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Housing Replacement
        • Blower Motor Replacement
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Grille Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Air Duct Replacement
        • Floor Front Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Floor Front Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Rear Air Duct Replacement (Accessory AC and DC Power Control Module Cooler Duct)
        • Front Floor Console Rear Air Duct Replacement (To Outlet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Air Duct Replacement (Without KI6 To Outlet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Air Front Duct Replacement (Front Adaptor)
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Adapter Replacement (Left Side)
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Adapter Replacement (Right Side)
        • Front Floor Console Rear Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Defroster Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Floor Rear Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Remote Control Bracket Replacement
        • Heater Core Replacement (LFV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (LTG)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
        • Fuel Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LKN)
        • Auxiliary Heater Core Replacement (C32 LKM)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Connector Hose/Tube and Compressor Hose Replacement (LKN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Heating and Air Conditioning System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • Auxiliary Electric Heater (Hybrid ONLY)
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, Blower Control and HVAC Control Inputs
          • A/C Compressor Controls (-HP4)
          • A/C Compressor Controls (HP4)
          • Mode and Temperature Control Actuators
          • Actuator Position and Temperature Sensors
          • Windshield and Sunload Sensors
          • Heater Coolant Pump (HP4/KL9)
          • Auxiliary Heater (C32)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • HVAC Component Replacement Reference
        • DTC B0163 or B0183: Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor Circuit, Solar Load Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0173, B0178, B0509, B0514 or B3933: Duct Air Temperature Sensor Circuit, Air Conditioning Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B018A, B048C, B048F, or B1395: Windshield Temperature Sensor Circuit, Humidity Sensor, Control Module Voltage Reference Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0193: Front Blower Motor Speed Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0223, B0228, B0233, B0408, B0413, B0418, B0423, B1395, or B374A: Recirculation Control Circuit, Recirculation Position Feedback Circuit, Air Flow Control Circuit, Main Temperature, Right Temperature, Control Module Voltage Reference Output Circuit, Air Flow Control Position Feedback Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B048D or B048E: Auxiliary Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B269A, B269C, or B269D: Heater Coolant Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B393B: Air Conditioning Compressor Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647: Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D69-P0D7F: A/C Compressor Motor Voltage Sensor, Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P151C or P2516-P2518: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Side Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P154F: Electric A/C Compressor Motor Input Current- Positive Contactor State Not Plausible
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P156A-P156C: Air Conditioning (A/C) Pressure Too High when A/C Off, Air Conditioning (A/C) Pressure Too Low when A/C On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15C6 or P15C8-P15CB: Electric A/C Compressor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F0A-P1F0D: A/C Compressor Motor Speed Performance, Electric A/C Compressor Control Module A/C Compressor Motor Current Feedback Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC System Malfunction (without HP4)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC System Malfunction (with HP4)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Afterblow Enabling
        • Actuator Recalibration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Heater and Air Conditioning User Interface Control Replacement (CJ2)
        • Heater and Air Conditioning User Interface Control Replacement (C4P)
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Remote Control Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement - Right Side (CJ2 C4P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement - Left Side (CJ2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right Side
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left Side
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left Side
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right Side
        • Evaporator Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Inside Air Moisture and Windshield Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Sun Load Temperature and Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement (With Bezel)
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic HVAC Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Electric Auxiliary Heater (C32)
          • Heater Coolant Pump
          • Engine Coolant and A/C System Refrigerant
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, Blower Control and HVAC Control Inputs
          • A/C Compressor Controls
          • Mode and Temperature Control Actuators
          • Actuator Position and Temperature Sensors
          • Windshield and Sunload Sensors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • HVAC Component Replacement Reference
        • DTC B0193: Front Blower Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0223, B0228, B0233, B0408, B0413, B1395, or B374A: Recirculation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B048D or B048E: Auxiliary Heater Temperature Command
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B269A, B269C, or B269D: Heater Coolant Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3933: Air Conditioning Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B393B: Air Conditioning Compressor Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647: Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Actuator Recalibration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - HVAC
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Heater and Air Conditioning User Interface Control (C67)
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Remote Control Replacement
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Sun Load Temperature and Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Inside Air Moisture and Windshield Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Evaporator Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual HVAC Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Electric Auxiliary Heater (C32)
          • Heater Coolant Pump
          • Engine Coolant and A/C System Refrigerant
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • Manual Oil Life System Reset
          • Automatic Oil Life System Reset
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting (With Scan Tool)
          • Notes
          • (If applicable)With Scan Tool
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • SIR Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Serial Data, and Indicator
          • Frontal Impact Sensing and Deployment
          • Left Side Impact Sensing and Deployment
          • Right Side Impact Sensing and Deployment
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Identification Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013: Driver Steering Wheel Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0014, B0021, B0031, or B0038: Seat Side Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0015, B001A, B001B, or B0022: Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Deployment Loop, Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0016, B0018, B0023, or B0025: Roof Rail Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0017 or B0024: Knee Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0019 or B0020: Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0052: Deployment Commanded
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0071: Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0074: Passenger Presence Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0081 (Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module): Passenger Presence Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0081 (Passenger Presence System): Passenger Presence Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0083 or B0084: Left Front Impact Sensor, Right Front Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0085 or B0088: Left Front Side Impact Sensor, Right Rear Side Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0086 or B0087: Right Front Side Impact Sensor, Left Rear Side Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B067F or B0680: Passenger Air Bag On Indicator Circuit, Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001 (Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module): Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001 (Passenger Presence System): Option Configuration Error
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1019: System Configuration Error
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System Re-zeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Airbag Indicator Malfunction (Driver)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Airbag Indicator Malfunction (Passenger)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
        • Airbag Front End Discriminating Sensor Replacement
        • Airbag Side Impact Sensor Replacement
        • Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Airbag Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Airbag Coil Replacement
        • Airbag Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Instrument Panel Airbag Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Driver Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Passenger Side
        • Airbag Front Passenger Presence Module Replacement
        • Airbag Front Seat Position Sensor Replacement
        • Front and Rear Row Seat Roof Rail Airbag Replacement
        • Front Seat Outboard Seat Back Airbag Replacement
        • Rear Seat Bolster Airbag Replacement
        • Airbag Side Impact Rear Sensor Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Replacement
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Seat Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Seat Belt Pretensioner Deployment Only - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Impact Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflatable Restraint Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live and Undeployed Air Bag
          • Dual Stage Air Bags
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • SIR System AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Air Bags
          • Seat Belt Pretensioners (Anchor and Retractor)
          • Impact Sensors
          • Passenger Presence Detection System and Passenger Air Bag Indicator
          • Seat Belt Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Seat Belt Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Center Seat Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Center Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Child Seat Top Strap Bracket Access Hole Cover Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Seat Belt Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Center Seat Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Center Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Child Seat Top Strap Bracket Access Hole Cover Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
          • Power Steering
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0176 (NJ1): Control Module Temperature Sensor High Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0460 (NJ1): Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0475 (NJ1): Electric Steering Motor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C047A (NJ1): Electric Steering Motor Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C055C (NJ1): Steering Gear Performance Slip Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0569 (NJ1): System Configuration Incorrect Component Installed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D (Power Steering Control Module): Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E (NJ1): Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1436: Steering Wheel Angle Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
          • Notes
          • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Steering
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
        • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
        • Electric Dual Pinion Rack and Pinion Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Steering Gear Drive Coupling Replacement
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
        • Power Steering Control Module Calibration
          • Steering Angle Sensor Centering and Software Endstop Learning
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
        • Power Steering
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC C0176 (NJ1): Control Module Temperature Sensor High Temperature
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0460 (NJ1): Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0475 (NJ1): Electric Steering Motor Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C047A (NJ1): Electric Steering Motor Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C055C (NJ1): Steering Gear Performance Slip Detected
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0569 (NJ1): System Configuration Incorrect Component Installed
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C056D (Power Steering Control Module): Electronic Control Unit Hardware
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C056E (NJ1): Electronic Control Unit Software
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C1436: Steering Wheel Angle Signal
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Steering Wheel Kickback
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
        • Notes
        • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
      • Connector Reconnection - Steering
        • Notes
        • Testing for Terminal Fretting
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
      • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
      • Electric Dual Pinion Rack and Pinion Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
      • Steering Gear Drive Coupling Replacement
      • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
      • Power Steering Control Module Calibration
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering and Software Endstop Learning
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Steering Wheel Wiring Schematics
        • Heated Steering Wheel (UVD)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Heated Steering Wheel Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Heated Steering Wheel Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • High Telescoping Effort
      • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wire to Wire Repair - Steering
        • Notes
        • Weatherpack™ Wiring Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
      • Connector Reconnection - Steering
        • Notes
        • Testing for Terminal Fretting
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Boot Replacement (Inner)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Boot Replacement (Outer)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
      • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Switch Replacement
      • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Pad Accessory Wiring Harness Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Heat Control Module Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Spoke Cover Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Steering Column Lock
        • Driver Safety
        • Heated Steering Wheel
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Removal and Installation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component, or Spring Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
          • Trim Height Specifications (Z-D Height)
          • Trim Height Specifications (P-R Height)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Bearing Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Shock Absorber Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Rear Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjust Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Suspension Upper Lateral Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
          • Trim Height Specifications (Z-D Height)
          • Trim Height Specifications (P-R Height)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Wheel Alignment
    • CHEVROLET Wheel Alignment Specifications - MALIBU
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • MALIBU (VIN Z) GNA + LKN
        • MALIBU (VIN Z) GNA + QQI
        • MALIBU (VIN Z) GNA Except QQI, LKN
        • MALIBU Limited (VIN1)
    • Wheel Alignment System
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Alignment Measurement
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wheel Alignment - Steering Wheel Angle and/or Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Camber Description
        • Caster Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Toe Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Wander Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Sensors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Tire Wear
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2 - Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Dismounting and Mounting
        • Tire Rotation
        • Tire and Wheel Balancing
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
      • Description and Operation
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • General Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
          • Tire Designation
          • Replacing Tires
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description (Gen 3)
        • Transmission Component and System Description (Gen 3)
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Notes
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
          • Transmission Fluid Pump- Auxiliary
        • Non-Shifting Clutch Function Verification Description
        • Park - Engine Running (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Park - Engine Running - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Possible Default Action
          • Reverse - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral - Engine Running (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Neutral - Engine Running - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Remains Applied to Provide Engine Braking
          • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • Low & Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Drive Range, First Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Second Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • Drive Range, Second Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Third Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Third Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applies
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Fifth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Sixth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Sixth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages (Gen 3)
          • Torque Converter and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Fluid Pump Transfer Plate Body
          • Case - Torque Converter and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate to Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly - Channel Plate Side
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications (On Vehicle)
        • Fastener Specifications (Off Vehicle)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Solenoid Valve Pressure (Gen 3)
        • Transmission Parts Kit Specifications
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1& 2)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Kit (Right Hand Side) (Gen 1 & 2)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Kit (Left Hand Side) (Gen 1 & 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1) (1 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 1) (2 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2) (1 of 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2) (2 of 2)
          • Transmission Kit (Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Kit (Gen 1)
          • Control Valve Body Kit (Gen 2)
          • Clutch Plate Package (Gen 1)
          • Clutch Plate Package (Gen 2)
          • 4-5-6 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • Low and Reverse Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 3-5 Reverse Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 2-6 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • 1-2-3-4 Plate Assembly (Gen 2)
          • A/Trans Seal Kit (Gen 2)
          • A/Trans Auxiliary Seal Kit (Gen 2)
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
          • Case and Associated Parts - Gen 3
          • Transmission Case Assembly - Gen 3
          • Torque Converter and Fluid Pump Housing Assembly - Gen 3
          • Drive Link Assembly
          • Oil Pump Assembly - Gen 3
          • Auxiliary Fluid Accumulator and Hybrid Components - Hybrid Models
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (1 of 2)
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (2 of 2)
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Assembly
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Assembly
          • 2-6, Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Assemblies
          • Input, Output and Reaction Gearsets
          • Front Differential Carrier Assembly (2 Pinion)
          • Park System Components
        • Component Location
        • Bushing, Bearing, and Washer Locations
        • Seal Locations
          • Seal Locations (1 of 2)
          • Seal Locations (2 of 2)
          • Auxiliary Fluid Pump and Hybrid Seals - Hybrid Models
        • Ball Check Valve Locations (Gen 3)
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, or P062F: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0634: Control Module Overtemperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0658 or P0659: Actuator High Control Circuit Group 1 Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0667, P0668, or P0669: Control Module Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06AC, P06AD, or P06AE: Control Module Power Up Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0711-P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostics Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0716, P0717, P07BF, or P07C0: Input Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0722, P0723, P077C, or P077D: Output Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0741 or P0742: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0751 or P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 Performance - Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0776 or P0777: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0796 or P0797: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0815, P0816, or P0826: Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0850-P0852: Park/Neutral Position Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0961-P0963: Line Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0965-P0967: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0969-P0971: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0973 or P0974: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 Control Circuit Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P171A-P171C: Transmission Fluid Pressure Accumulator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P171D: Transmission Fluid Pressure Accumulator System Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1761: Up and Down Shift Switch Signal Message Counter Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P182E or P1915: Internal Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1876: Up and Down Shift Enable Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2714 or P2715: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2719-P2721: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2723 or P2724: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 5 Stuck - Transmission Hydraulic/Mechanical Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2728-P2730: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2762, P2763, or P2764: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Inspection
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Input Shaft Speed/Output Shaft Speed Input Test
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Solenoid Performance Test
        • Transmission Adaptive Values Learn
          • Notes
          • Troubleshooting
        • Manual Mode or Tap Up/Down Diagnosis
        • Transmission Fluid Level and Condition Check
        • Line Pressure Check
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Step-In Downshifts
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed - Stator Roller Clutch Freewheels at All Times
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed - Stator Roller Clutch is Locked Up at All Times
          • Torque Converter Bearing Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply, Release, and ECCC
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Locked
          • Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
          • Leak Inspection Points - Hybrid
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Bushing and Mating Shaft Inspection
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Whine/Growl Noise
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • No Park
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No First and Reverse Gears
        • No First, Second, Third, and Fourth Gear
        • No Second and Sixth Gear
        • Harsh or Late First, Second, Third, and Fourth Shift
        • Harsh First and Reverse Shift
        • No Third, Fifth, and Reverse Gear
        • Harsh or Late Second and Sixth Shift
        • No Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Gear
        • Harsh or Late Third, Fifth, and Reverse Shift
        • Harsh Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Shift
        • Harsh Downshift
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Apply
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
        • No Reverse Gear
        • Fluid Pressure High or Low
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
        • Lift Plate and Holding Fixture Installation
        • Torque Converter Removal
        • Auxiliary Fluid Accumulator Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
          • Control Solenoid (With Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Torque Converter Housing with Fluid Pump Assembly Removal
        • Differential Carrier Removal
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Removal
        • Internal Components Removal
        • 2-6 Clutch Piston Removal
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly and Park Pawl Actuator Removal
          • Manual Shaft Detent (w/Shift Position Switch) Lever Assembly Removal
          • Park Pawl Actuator Guide Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Removal
        • Input Shaft Support Replacement
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Fluid Seal Ring Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Case Side
        • Transmission Case Cleaning and Inspection
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly and Park Pawl Actuator Installation
          • Park Pawl Actuator Guide Installation
          • Park Pawl Actuator Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Installation
        • 2-6 Clutch Piston Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing, Low and Reverse Clutch Assembly, Output Sun Gear, and 2-6 Clutch Plate Disassemble
        • Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Disassemble
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing Disassemble
          • Turbine Shaft, Reluctor Wheel and Piston Removal
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Plate Removal
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Piston Removal
          • Reluctor Wheel and Piston Removal
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Plate Removal
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing Assemble
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Piston Installation
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Fluid Dam Installation
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
          • Reluctor Wheel and Piston Installation
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Plates Installation
          • Turbine Shaft Installation
        • Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Assemble
        • 3-5-Reverse and 4-5-6 Clutch Housing, and Input, Reaction, and Output Carrier Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Assembly and Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Piston Removal
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing Assemble
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Piston Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Low and Reverse and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Housing, and 1-2-3-4 Clutch Plate Installation
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Cleaning and Inspection
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket, Drive Link, and Park Pawl Installation
        • Front Differential Carrier Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Differential Carrier Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Removal (Gen 3)
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Torque Converter Housing Side
        • Torque Converter Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Disassemble (Gen 3)
          • Fluid Filter Assembly and Torque Converter Fluid Seal Disassemble
          • Drive Chain, Drive Sprocket, and Driven Sprocket Disassemble
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Assembly Disassemble
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Cover Disassemble
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Body Disassemble
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Assemble (Gen 3)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Body Assemble
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Cover Assemble
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Assembly Assemble
          • Drive Chain, Drive Sprocket, and Driven Sprocket Assemble
          • Fluid Filter Assembly and Torque Converter Fluid Seal Assemble
        • Transmission Fluid Pump, Front Differential Carrier Baffle, and Front Differential Ring Gear Installation (Gen 3)
        • Torque Converter Housing with Fluid Pump Assembly Installation
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble (Gen 3)
        • Control Valve Body Cleaning and Inspection
        • Control Valve Channel Plate Cleaning and Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Assemble (Gen 3)
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Installation
        • Control Valve Body Cover Installation
        • Auxiliary Fluid Accumulator Installation
        • Torque Converter Fluid Seal Replacement
        • Torque Converter Installation
        • Lift Plate and Holding Fixture Removal
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
        • Connector Reconnection - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Lever Knob Replacement
        • Transmission Control Lever Boot Replacement
        • Transmission Control Replacement (With Base)
        • Transmission Control Replacement (Without Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Drain and Fill
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Fluid Accumulator Replacement
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Right Side
        • Manual Shift Shaft and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
        • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Rear Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Module Power, Ground, Data Communication and MIL
          • Speed and Temperature Sensors, Pressure and Shift Controls
          • Internal Mode Switch and Tap Up/Tap Down Switches
          • Shift Indicator
          • Transmission Fluid Accumulator (KL9)
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Transmission Overheats (AF50-8)
        • Transmission Overheats (5ET50)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flow Test and Flushing (6T40)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flow Test and Flushing (AF50-8)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Inlet Pipe Replacement (LKN With MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement (LKN With MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Cooler Bypass Valve Replacement (LKN With MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Inlet Pipe Replacement (LFV With MHN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Inlet Pipe Replacement (LKN With MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement (LFV With MHN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement (LKN With MKE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Inlet and Outlet Pipe Replacement (LTG With MRC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Fitting Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Wiring Schematics
          • Shift Lock Control
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B270A: Park Lock Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Transmission Control Lever Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 6T40 (MNH) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description (Gen 3)
        • Transmission Component and System Description (Gen 3)
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Notes
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Manual Shift Detent Lever with Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
          • Transmission Fluid Pump- Auxiliary
        • Non-Shifting Clutch Function Verification Description
        • Park - Engine Running (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Park - Engine Running - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Possible Default Action
          • Reverse - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral - Engine Running (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Neutral - Engine Running - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Remains Applied to Provide Engine Braking
          • Drive Range, First Gear Engine Braking - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, First Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • Low & Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Drive Range, First Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Second Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • Drive Range, Second Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Third Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Third Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applies
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 4-5-6 Clutch Applies or Remains Applied
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Releases
          • 2-6 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Releases
          • Drive Range, Fourth Gear Default - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Fifth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 3-5-Reverse Clutch Applies
          • 1-2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Fifth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Range, Sixth Gear (Gen 3)
          • Notes
          • 2-6 Clutch Applies
          • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Drive Range, Sixth Gear - Gen 3 - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages (Gen 3)
          • Torque Converter and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Fluid Pump Transfer Plate Body
          • Case - Torque Converter and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate to Valve Body Spacer Plate Assembly - Channel Plate Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Channel Plate - Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/Body and TCM) Valve Assembly - Channel Plate Side
• External Pages